g++ man page on IRIX

Man page or keyword search:  
man Server   31559 pages
apropos Keyword Search (all sections)
Output format
IRIX logo
[printable version]

GCC(1)			       GNU			   GCC(1)

NAME
       gcc - GNU project C and C++ compiler

SYNOPSIS
       gcc [-c|-S|-E] [-std=standard]
	   [-g] [-pg] [-Olevel]
	   [-Wwarn...] [-pedantic]
	   [-Idir...] [-Ldir...]
	   [-Dmacro[=defn]...] [-Umacro]
	   [-foption...] [-mmachine-option...]
	   [-o outfile] infile...

       Only the most useful options are listed here; see below
       for the remainder.  g++ accepts mostly the same options as
       gcc.

DESCRIPTION
       When you invoke GCC, it normally does preprocessing, com-
       pilation, assembly and linking.	The ``overall options''
       allow you to stop this process at an intermediate stage.
       For example, the -c option says not to run the linker.
       Then the output consists of object files output by the
       assembler.

       Other options are passed on to one stage of processing.
       Some options control the preprocessor and others the com-
       piler itself.  Yet other options control the assembler and
       linker; most of these are not documented here, since you
       rarely need to use any of them.

       Most of the command line options that you can use with GCC
       are useful for C programs; when an option is only useful
       with another language (usually C++), the explanation says
       so explicitly.  If the description for a particular option
       does not mention a source language, you can use that
       option with all supported languages.

       The gcc program accepts options and file names as
       operands.  Many options have multi-letter names; therefore
       multiple single-letter options may not be grouped: -dr is
       very different from -d -r.

       You can mix options and other arguments.	 For the most
       part, the order you use doesn't matter.	Order does matter
       when you use several options of the same kind; for exam-
       ple, if you specify -L more than once, the directories are
       searched in the order specified.

       Many options have long names starting with -f or with
       -W---for example, -fforce-mem, -fstrength-reduce, -Wformat
       and so on.  Most of these have both positive and negative
       forms; the negative form of -ffoo would be -fno-foo.  This
       manual documents only one of these two forms, whichever
       one is not the default.

OPTIONS
       Option Summary

       Here is a summary of all the options, grouped by type.
       Explanations are in the following sections.

       Overall Options
	   -c  -S  -E  -o file	-pipe  -pass-exit-codes -x lan-
	   guage  -v  -###  --help  --target-help  --version

       C Language Options
	   -ansi  -std=standard	 -aux-info filename -fno-asm
	   -fno-builtin	 -fno-builtin-function -fhosted	 -ffree-
	   standing  -fms-extensions -trigraphs	 -no-inte-
	   grated-cpp  -traditional  -traditional-cpp -fal-
	   low-single-precision	 -fcond-mismatch -fsigned-bit-
	   fields  -fsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields  -fun-
	   signed-char -fwritable-strings

       C++ Language Options
	   -fabi-version=n  -fno-access-control	 -fcheck-new
	   -fconserve-space  -fno-const-strings	 -fdol-
	   lars-in-identifiers -fno-elide-constructors
	   -fno-enforce-eh-specs  -fexternal-templates
	   -falt-external-templates -ffor-scope	 -fno-for-scope
	   -fno-gnu-keywords -fno-implicit-templates
	   -fno-implicit-inline-templates -fno-implement-inlines
	   -fms-extensions -fno-nonansi-builtins  -fno-opera-
	   tor-names -fno-optional-diags  -fpermissive -frepo
	   -fno-rtti  -fstats  -ftemplate-depth-n
	   -fuse-cxa-atexit  -fvtable-gc  -fno-weak  -nostdinc++
	   -fno-default-inline	-Wabi  -Wctor-dtor-privacy
	   -Wnon-virtual-dtor  -Wreorder -Weffc++  -Wno-depre-
	   cated -Wno-non-template-friend  -Wold-style-cast
	   -Woverloaded-virtual	 -Wno-pmf-conversions
	   -Wsign-promo	 -Wsynth

       Objective-C Language Options
	   -fconstant-string-class=class-name -fgnu-runtime
	   -fnext-runtime  -gen-decls -Wno-protocol  -Wselector
	   -Wundeclared-selector

       Language Independent Options
	   -fmessage-length=n -fdiagnostics-show-loca-
	   tion=[once|every-line]

       Warning Options
	   -fsyntax-only  -pedantic  -pedantic-errors -w  -W
	   -Wall  -Waggregate-return -Wcast-align  -Wcast-qual
	   -Wchar-subscripts  -Wcomment -Wconversion  -Wno-depre-
	   cated-declarations -Wdisabled-optimization
	   -Wno-div-by-zero  -Werror -Wfloat-equal  -Wformat
	   -Wformat=2 -Wformat-nonliteral  -Wformat-security
	   -Wimplicit  -Wimplicit-int -Wimplicit-function-decla-
	   ration -Werror-implicit-function-declaration -Wimport
	   -Winline  -Wno-endif-labels -Wlarger-than-len
	   -Wlong-long -Wmain  -Wmissing-braces -Wmissing-for-
	   mat-attribute  -Wmissing-noreturn -Wno-multichar
	   -Wno-format-extra-args  -Wno-format-y2k -Wno-import
	   -Wnonnull  -Wpacked	-Wpadded -Wparentheses
	   -Wpointer-arith  -Wredundant-decls -Wreturn-type
	   -Wsequence-point  -Wshadow -Wsign-compare
	   -Wstrict-aliasing -Wswitch  -Wswitch-default
	   -Wswitch-enum -Wsystem-headers  -Wtrigraphs	-Wundef
	   -Wuninitialized -Wunknown-pragmas  -Wunreachable-code
	   -Wunused  -Wunused-function	-Wunused-label
	   -Wunused-parameter -Wunused-value  -Wunused-variable
	   -Wwrite-strings

       C-only Warning Options
	   -Wbad-function-cast	-Wmissing-declarations -Wmiss-
	   ing-prototypes  -Wnested-externs -Wstrict-prototypes
	   -Wtraditional

       Debugging Options
	   -dletters  -dumpspecs  -dumpmachine	-dumpversion
	   -fdump-unnumbered  -fdump-translation-unit[-n]
	   -fdump-class-hierarchy[-n] -fdump-tree-original[-n]
	   -fdump-tree-optimized[-n] -fdump-tree-inlined[-n]
	   -feliminate-dwarf2-dups  -fmem-report -fprofile-arcs
	   -fsched-verbose=n -ftest-coverage  -ftime-report -g
	   -glevel  -gcoff  -gdwarf  -gdwarf-1	-gdwarf-1+
	   -gdwarf-2 -ggdb  -gstabs  -gstabs+  -gvms  -gxcoff
	   -gxcoff+ -p	-pg  -print-file-name=library
	   -print-libgcc-file-name -print-multi-directory
	   -print-multi-lib -print-prog-name=program
	   -print-search-dirs  -Q -save-temps  -time

       Optimization Options
	   -falign-functions=n	-falign-jumps=n -falign-labels=n
	   -falign-loops=n -fbranch-probabilities  -fcaller-saves
	   -fcprop-registers -fcse-follow-jumps
	   -fcse-skip-blocks  -fdata-sections -fdelayed-branch
	   -fdelete-null-pointer-checks -fexpensive-optimizations
	   -ffast-math	-ffloat-store -fforce-addr  -fforce-mem
	   -ffunction-sections -fgcse  -fgcse-lm  -fgcse-sm
	   -floop-optimize  -fcrossjumping -fif-conversion
	   -fif-conversion2 -finline-functions	-finline-limit=n
	   -fkeep-inline-functions -fkeep-static-consts
	   -fmerge-constants  -fmerge-all-constants
	   -fmove-all-movables	-fnew-ra  -fno-branch-count-reg
	   -fno-default-inline	-fno-defer-pop -fno-function-cse
	   -fno-guess-branch-probability -fno-inline
	   -fno-math-errno  -fno-peephole  -fno-peephole2 -fun-
	   safe-math-optimizations  -ffinite-math-only -fno-trap-
	   ping-math  -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss
	   -fomit-frame-pointer	 -foptimize-register-move -fopti-
	   mize-sibling-calls  -fprefetch-loop-arrays -fre-
	   duce-all-givs  -fregmove  -frename-registers -fre-
	   order-blocks	 -freorder-functions -fre-
	   run-cse-after-loop  -frerun-loop-opt -fschedule-insns
	   -fschedule-insns2 -fno-sched-interblock
	   -fno-sched-spec  -fsched-spec-load
	   -fsched-spec-load-dangerous	-fsignaling-nans -fsin-
	   gle-precision-constant  -fssa  -fssa-ccp  -fssa-dce
	   -fstrength-reduce  -fstrict-aliasing	 -ftracer
	   -fthread-jumps -funroll-all-loops  -funroll-loops
	   --param name=value -O  -O0  -O1  -O2	 -O3  -Os

       Preprocessor Options
	   -$  -Aquestion=answer -A-question[=answer] -C  -dD
	   -dI	-dM  -dN -Dmacro[=defn]	 -E  -H -idirafter dir
	   -include file  -imacros file -iprefix file  -iwithpre-
	   fix dir -iwithprefixbefore dir  -isystem dir -M  -MM
	   -MF	-MG  -MP  -MQ  -MT  -nostdinc  -P  -remap -tri-
	   graphs  -undef  -Umacro  -Wp,option

       Assembler Option
	   -Wa,option

       Linker Options
	   object-file-name  -llibrary -nostartfiles  -nodefault-
	   libs	 -nostdlib -s  -static	-static-libgcc	-shared
	   -shared-libgcc  -symbolic -Wl,option	 -Xlinker option
	   -u symbol

       Directory Options
	   -Bprefix  -Idir  -I-	 -Ldir	-specs=file

       Target Options
	   -V version  -b machine

       Machine Dependent Options
	   M680x0 Options -m68000  -m68020  -m68020-40
	   -m68020-60  -m68030	-m68040 -m68060	 -mcpu32  -m5200
	   -m68881  -mbitfield	-mc68000  -mc68020 -mfpa  -mno-
	   bitfield  -mrtd  -mshort  -msoft-float  -mpcrel
	   -malign-int	-mstrict-align

	   M68hc1x Options -m6811  -m6812  -m68hc11  -m68hc12
	   -m68hcs12 -mauto-incdec  -minmax  -mlong-calls
	   -mshort -msoft-reg-count=count

	   VAX Options -mg  -mgnu  -munix

	   SPARC Options -mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type
	   -mcmodel=code-model -m32  -m64 -mapp-regs  -mbro-
	   ken-saverestore  -mcypress -mfaster-structs	-mflat
	   -mfpu  -mhard-float	-mhard-quad-float -mimpure-text
	   -mlive-g0  -mno-app-regs -mno-faster-structs
	   -mno-flat  -mno-fpu -mno-impure-text	 -mno-stack-bias
	   -mno-unaligned-doubles -msoft-float	-msoft-quad-float
	   -msparclite	-mstack-bias -msupersparc
	   -munaligned-doubles	-mv8

	   ARM Options -mapcs-frame  -mno-apcs-frame -mapcs-26
	   -mapcs-32 -mapcs-stack-check	 -mno-apcs-stack-check
	   -mapcs-float	 -mno-apcs-float -mapcs-reentrant
	   -mno-apcs-reentrant -msched-prolog  -mno-sched-prolog
	   -mlittle-endian  -mbig-endian  -mwords-little-endian
	   -malignment-traps  -mno-alignment-traps -msoft-float
	   -mhard-float	 -mfpe -mthumb-interwork
	   -mno-thumb-interwork -mcpu=name  -march=name
	   -mfpe=name -mstructure-size-boundary=n
	   -mabort-on-noreturn -mlong-calls  -mno-long-calls
	   -msingle-pic-base  -mno-single-pic-base -mpic-regis-
	   ter=reg -mnop-fun-dllimport -mpoke-function-name
	   -mthumb  -marm -mtpcs-frame	-mtpcs-leaf-frame
	   -mcaller-super-interworking	-mcallee-super-interwork-
	   ing

	   MN10200 Options -mrelax

	   MN10300 Options -mmult-bug  -mno-mult-bug -mam33
	   -mno-am33 -mno-crt0	-mrelax

	   M32R/D Options -m32rx  -m32r	 -mcode-model=model-type
	   -msdata=sdata-type  -G num

	   M88K Options -m88000	 -m88100  -m88110  -mbig-pic
	   -mcheck-zero-division  -mhandle-large-shift -miden-
	   tify-revision  -mno-check-zero-division
	   -mno-ocs-debug-info	-mno-ocs-frame-position
	   -mno-optimize-arg-area  -mno-serialize-volatile
	   -mno-underscores  -mocs-debug-info -mocs-frame-posi-
	   tion	 -moptimize-arg-area -mserialize-volatile
	   -mshort-data-num  -msvr3 -msvr4  -mtrap-large-shift
	   -muse-div-instruction -mversion-03.00
	   -mwarn-passed-structs

	   RS/6000 and PowerPC Options -mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-
	   type -mpower	 -mno-power  -mpower2  -mno-power2 -mpow-
	   erpc	 -mpowerpc64  -mno-powerpc -maltivec
	   -mno-altivec -mpowerpc-gpopt	 -mno-powerpc-gpopt
	   -mpowerpc-gfxopt  -mno-powerpc-gfxopt -mnew-mnemonics
	   -mold-mnemonics -mfull-toc	-mminimal-toc
	   -mno-fp-in-toc  -mno-sum-in-toc -m64	 -m32  -mxl-call
	   -mno-xl-call	 -mpe -msoft-float  -mhard-float  -mmul-
	   tiple  -mno-multiple -mstring  -mno-string  -mupdate
	   -mno-update -mfused-madd  -mno-fused-madd  -mbit-align
	   -mno-bit-align -mstrict-align  -mno-strict-align
	   -mrelocatable -mno-relocatable  -mrelocatable-lib
	   -mno-relocatable-lib -mtoc  -mno-toc	 -mlittle  -mlit-
	   tle-endian  -mbig  -mbig-endian -mcall-aix
	   -mcall-sysv	-mcall-netbsd -maix-struct-return
	   -msvr4-struct-return -mabi=altivec  -mabi=no-altivec
	   -mabi=spe  -mabi=no-spe -misel=yes  -misel=no -mproto-
	   type	 -mno-prototype -msim  -mmvme  -mads  -myel-
	   lowknife  -memb  -msdata -msdata=opt	 -mvxworks
	   -mwindiss  -G num  -pthread

	   Darwin Options

	   -all_load -allowable_client -arch -arch_errors_fatal
	   -arch_only -bind_at_load -bundle -bundle_loader
	   -client_name -compatibility_version -current_version
	   -dependency-file -dylib_file -dylinker_install_name
	   -dynamic -dynamiclib -exported_symbols_list -filelist
	   -flat_namespace -force_cpusubtype_ALL
	   -force_flat_namespace -headerpad_max_install_names
	   -image_base -init -install_name -keep_private_externs
	   -multi_module -multiply_defined -multi-
	   ply_defined_unused -noall_load -nomultidefs -noprebind
	   -noseglinkedit -pagezero_size -prebind -pre-
	   bind_all_twolevel_modules -private_bundle
	   -read_only_relocs -sectalign -sectobjectsymbols -why-
	   load -seg1addr -sectcreate -sectobjectsymbols -sec-
	   torder -seg_addr_table -seg_addr_table_filename
	   -seglinkedit -segprot -segs_read_only_addr
	   -segs_read_write_addr -single_module -static
	   -sub_library -sub_umbrella -twolevel_namespace
	   -umbrella -undefined -unexported_symbols_list
	   -weak_reference_mismatches -whatsloaded

	   RT Options -mcall-lib-mul  -mfp-arg-in-fpregs
	   -mfp-arg-in-gregs -mfull-fp-blocks  -mhc-struct-return
	   -min-line-mul -mminimum-fp-blocks
	   -mnohc-struct-return

	   MIPS Options -mabicalls  -march=cpu-type
	   -mtune=cpu=type -mcpu=cpu-type  -membedded-data
	   -muninit-const-in-rodata -membedded-pic  -mfp32
	   -mfp64  -mfused-madd	 -mno-fused-madd -mgas	-mgp32
	   -mgp64 -mgpopt  -mhalf-pic  -mhard-float  -mint64
	   -mips1 -mips2  -mips3  -mips4  -mlong64  -mlong32
	   -mlong-calls	 -mmemcpy -mmips-as  -mmips-tfile
	   -mno-abicalls -mno-embedded-data
	   -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata -mno-embedded-pic
	   -mno-gpopt  -mno-long-calls -mno-memcpy
	   -mno-mips-tfile  -mno-rnames	 -mno-stats -mrnames
	   -msoft-float -m4650	-msingle-float	-mmad -mstats
	   -EL	-EB  -G num  -nocpp -mabi=32  -mabi=n32	 -mabi=64
	   -mabi=eabi -mfix7000	 -mno-crt0  -mflush-func=func
	   -mno-flush-func -mbranch-likely  -mno-branch-likely

	   i386 and x86-64 Options -mcpu=cpu-type  -march=cpu-
	   type -mfpmath=unit  -masm=dialect  -mno-fancy-math-387
	   -mno-fp-ret-in-387  -msoft-float  -msvr3-shlib
	   -mno-wide-multiply  -mrtd  -malign-double -mpre-
	   ferred-stack-boundary=num -mmmx  -msse  -msse2
	   -m3dnow -mthreads  -mno-align-stringops
	   -minline-all-stringops -mpush-args  -maccumulate-out-
	   going-args  -m128bit-long-double -m96bit-long-double
	   -mregparm=num  -momit-leaf-frame-pointer -mno-red-zone
	   -mcmodel=code-model -m32  -m64

	   HPPA Options -march=architecture-type -mbig-switch
	   -mdisable-fpregs  -mdisable-indexing -mfast-indi-
	   rect-calls  -mgas  -mgnu-ld	-mhp-ld -mjump-in-delay
	   -mlinker-opt	 -mlong-calls -mlong-load-store
	   -mno-big-switch  -mno-disable-fpregs -mno-dis-
	   able-indexing  -mno-fast-indirect-calls  -mno-gas
	   -mno-jump-in-delay  -mno-long-load-store
	   -mno-portable-runtime  -mno-soft-float -mno-space-regs
	   -msoft-float	 -mpa-risc-1-0 -mpa-risc-1-1
	   -mpa-risc-2-0  -mportable-runtime -mschedule=cpu-type
	   -mspace-regs	 -msio	-mwsio -nolibdld  -static
	   -threads

	   Intel 960 Options -mcpu-type	 -masm-compat
	   -mclean-linkage -mcode-align	 -mcomplex-addr
	   -mleaf-procedures -mic-compat  -mic2.0-compat
	   -mic3.0-compat -mintel-asm  -mno-clean-linkage
	   -mno-code-align -mno-complex-addr  -mno-leaf-proce-
	   dures -mno-old-align	 -mno-strict-align
	   -mno-tail-call -mnumerics  -mold-align  -msoft-float
	   -mstrict-align -mtail-call

	   DEC Alpha Options -mno-fp-regs  -msoft-float	 -mal-
	   pha-as  -mgas -mieee	 -mieee-with-inexact  -mieee-con-
	   formant -mfp-trap-mode=mode	-mfp-rounding-mode=mode
	   -mtrap-precision=mode  -mbuild-constants -mcpu=cpu-
	   type	 -mtune=cpu-type -mbwx	-mmax  -mfix  -mcix
	   -mfloat-vax	-mfloat-ieee -mexplicit-relocs
	   -msmall-data	 -mlarge-data -mmemory-latency=time

	   DEC Alpha/VMS Options -mvms-return-codes

	   H8/300 Options -mrelax  -mh	-ms  -mn  -mint32
	   -malign-300

	   SH Options -m1  -m2	-m3  -m3e -m4-nofpu  -m4-sin-
	   gle-only  -m4-single	 -m4 -m5-64media
	   -m5-64media-nofpu -m5-32media  -m5-32media-nofpu
	   -m5-compact	-m5-compact-nofpu -mb  -ml  -mdalign
	   -mrelax -mbigtable  -mfmovd	-mhitachi  -mnomacsave
	   -mieee  -misize  -mpadstruct	 -mspace -mprefergot
	   -musermode

	   System V Options -Qy	 -Qn  -YP,paths	 -Ym,dir

	   ARC Options -EB  -EL -mmangle-cpu  -mcpu=cpu
	   -mtext=text-section -mdata=data-section  -mro-
	   data=readonly-data-section

	   TMS320C3x/C4x Options -mcpu=cpu  -mbig  -msmall
	   -mregparm  -mmemparm -mfast-fix  -mmpyi  -mbk  -mti
	   -mdp-isr-reload -mrpts=count	 -mrptb	 -mdb
	   -mloop-unsigned -mparallel-insns  -mparallel-mpy
	   -mpreserve-float

	   V850 Options -mlong-calls  -mno-long-calls  -mep
	   -mno-ep -mprolog-function  -mno-prolog-function
	   -mspace -mtda=n  -msda=n  -mzda=n -mapp-regs
	   -mno-app-regs -mdisable-callt  -mno-disable-callt
	   -mv850e -mv850  -mbig-switch

	   NS32K Options -m32032  -m32332  -m32532  -m32081
	   -m32381 -mmult-add  -mnomult-add  -msoft-float  -mrtd
	   -mnortd -mregparam  -mnoregparam  -msb  -mnosb -mbit-
	   field  -mnobitfield	-mhimem	 -mnohimem

	   AVR Options -mmcu=mcu  -msize  -minit-stack=n
	   -mno-interrupts -mcall-prologues  -mno-tablejump
	   -mtiny-stack

	   MCore Options -mhardlit  -mno-hardlit  -mdiv	 -mno-div
	   -mrelax-immediates -mno-relax-immediates  -mwide-bit-
	   fields  -mno-wide-bitfields -m4byte-functions
	   -mno-4byte-functions	 -mcallgraph-data -mno-call-
	   graph-data  -mslow-bytes  -mno-slow-bytes  -mno-lsim
	   -mlittle-endian  -mbig-endian  -m210	 -m340
	   -mstack-increment

	   MMIX Options -mlibfuncs  -mno-libfuncs  -mepsilon
	   -mno-epsilon	 -mabi=gnu -mabi=mmixware  -mzero-extend
	   -mknuthdiv  -mtoplevel-symbols -melf	 -mbranch-predict
	   -mno-branch-predict	-mbase-addresses
	   -mno-base-addresses	-msingle-exit  -mno-single-exit

	   IA-64 Options -mbig-endian  -mlittle-endian	-mgnu-as
	   -mgnu-ld  -mno-pic -mvolatile-asm-stop  -mb-step
	   -mregister-names  -mno-sdata -mconstant-gp  -mauto-pic
	   -minline-float-divide-min-latency -min-
	   line-float-divide-max-throughput -min-
	   line-int-divide-min-latency -min-
	   line-int-divide-max-throughput  -mno-dwarf2-asm
	   -mfixed-range=register-range

	   D30V Options -mextmem  -mextmemory  -monchip
	   -mno-asm-optimize -masm-optimize  -mbranch-cost=n
	   -mcond-exec=n

	   S/390 and zSeries Options -mhard-float  -msoft-float
	   -mbackchain	-mno-backchain -msmall-exec
	   -mno-small-exec  -mmvcle  -mno-mvcle -m64  -m31  -mde-
	   bug	-mno-debug

	   CRIS Options -mcpu=cpu  -march=cpu  -mtune=cpu
	   -mmax-stack-frame=n	-melinux-stacksize=n -metrax4
	   -metrax100  -mpdebug	 -mcc-init  -mno-side-effects
	   -mstack-align  -mdata-align	-mconst-align -m32-bit
	   -m16-bit  -m8-bit  -mno-prologue-epilogue  -mno-gotplt
	   -melf  -maout  -melinux  -mlinux  -sim  -sim2

	   PDP-11 Options -mfpu	 -msoft-float  -mac0  -mno-ac0
	   -m40	 -m45  -m10 -mbcopy  -mbcopy-builtin  -mint32
	   -mno-int16 -mint16  -mno-int32  -mfloat32
	   -mno-float64 -mfloat64  -mno-float32	 -mabshi
	   -mno-abshi -mbranch-expensive  -mbranch-cheap -msplit
	   -mno-split  -munix-asm  -mdec-asm

	   Xstormy16 Options -msim

	   Xtensa Options -mbig-endian	-mlittle-endian -mdensity
	   -mno-density -mmac16	 -mno-mac16 -mmul16  -mno-mul16
	   -mmul32  -mno-mul32 -mnsa  -mno-nsa -mminmax
	   -mno-minmax -msext  -mno-sext -mbooleans
	   -mno-booleans -mhard-float  -msoft-float -mfused-madd
	   -mno-fused-madd -mserialize-volatile	 -mno-serial-
	   ize-volatile -mtext-section-literals	 -mno-text-sec-
	   tion-literals -mtarget-align	 -mno-target-align
	   -mlongcalls	-mno-longcalls

	   FRV Options -mgpr-32	 -mgpr-64  -mfpr-32  -mfpr-64
	   -mhard-float	 -msoft-float  -malloc-cc  -mfixed-cc
	   -mdword  -mno-dword	-mdouble  -mno-double -mmedia
	   -mno-media  -mmuladd	 -mno-muladd  -mlibrary-pic
	   -macc-4  -macc-8  -mpack  -mno-pack	-mno-eflags
	   -mcond-move	-mno-cond-move -mscc  -mno-scc
	   -mcond-exec	-mno-cond-exec	-mvliw-branch
	   -mno-vliw-branch -mmulti-cond-exec
	   -mno-multi-cond-exec	 -mnested-cond-exec
	   -mno-nested-cond-exec  -mtomcat-stats -mcpu=cpu

       Code Generation Options
	   -fcall-saved-reg  -fcall-used-reg -ffixed-reg  -fex-
	   ceptions -fnon-call-exceptions  -funwind-tables
	   -fasynchronous-unwind-tables -finhibit-size-directive
	   -finstrument-functions -fno-common  -fno-ident
	   -fno-gnu-linker -fpcc-struct-return	-fpic  -fPIC
	   -freg-struct-return	-fshared-data  -fshort-enums
	   -fshort-double  -fshort-wchar  -fvolatile
	   -fvolatile-global  -fvolatile-static -fverbose-asm
	   -fpack-struct  -fstack-check -fstack-limit-regis-
	   ter=reg  -fstack-limit-symbol=sym -fargument-alias
	   -fargument-noalias -fargument-noalias-global	 -flead-
	   ing-underscore -ftls-model=model -ftrapv
	   -fbounds-check

       Options Controlling the Kind of Output

       Compilation can involve up to four stages: preprocessing,
       compilation proper, assembly and linking, always in that
       order.  The first three stages apply to an individual
       source file, and end by producing an object file; linking
       combines all the object files (those newly compiled, and
       those specified as input) into an executable file.

       For any given input file, the file name suffix determines
       what kind of compilation is done:

       file.c
	   C source code which must be preprocessed.

       file.i
	   C source code which should not be preprocessed.

       file.ii
	   C++ source code which should not be preprocessed.

       file.m
	   Objective-C source code.  Note that you must link with
	   the library libobjc.a to make an Objective-C program
	   work.

       file.mi
	   Objective-C source code which should not be prepro-
	   cessed.

       file.h
	   C header file (not to be compiled or linked).

       file.cc
       file.cp
       file.cxx
       file.cpp
       file.c++
       file.C
	   C++ source code which must be preprocessed.	Note that
	   in .cxx, the last two letters must both be literally
	   x.  Likewise, .C refers to a literal capital C.

       file.f
       file.for
       file.FOR
	   Fortran source code which should not be preprocessed.

       file.F
       file.fpp
       file.FPP
	   Fortran source code which must be preprocessed (with
	   the traditional preprocessor).

       file.r
	   Fortran source code which must be preprocessed with a
	   RATFOR preprocessor (not included with GCC).

       file.ads
	   Ada source code file which contains a library unit
	   declaration (a declaration of a package, subprogram,
	   or generic, or a generic instantiation), or a library
	   unit renaming declaration (a package, generic, or sub-
	   program renaming declaration).  Such files are also
	   called specs.

       file.adb
	   Ada source code file containing a library unit body (a
	   subprogram or package body).	 Such files are also
	   called bodies.

       file.s
	   Assembler code.

       file.S
	   Assembler code which must be preprocessed.

       other
	   An object file to be fed straight into linking.  Any
	   file name with no recognized suffix is treated this
	   way.

       You can specify the input language explicitly with the -x
       option:

       -x language
	   Specify explicitly the language for the following
	   input files (rather than letting the compiler choose a
	   default based on the file name suffix).  This option
	   applies to all following input files until the next -x
	   option.  Possible values for language are:

		   c  c-header	cpp-output
		   c++	c++-cpp-output
		   objective-c	objc-cpp-output
		   assembler  assembler-with-cpp
		   ada
		   f77	f77-cpp-input  ratfor
		   java
		   treelang

       -x none
	   Turn off any specification of a language, so that sub-
	   sequent files are handled according to their file name
	   suffixes (as they are if -x has not been used at all).

       -pass-exit-codes
	   Normally the gcc program will exit with the code of 1
	   if any phase of the compiler returns a non-success
	   return code.	 If you specify -pass-exit-codes, the gcc
	   program will instead return with numerically highest
	   error produced by any phase that returned an error
	   indication.

       If you only want some of the stages of compilation, you
       can use -x (or filename suffixes) to tell gcc where to
       start, and one of the options -c, -S, or -E to say where
       gcc is to stop.	Note that some combinations (for example,
       -x cpp-output -E) instruct gcc to do nothing at all.

       -c  Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link.
	   The linking stage simply is not done.  The ultimate
	   output is in the form of an object file for each
	   source file.

	   By default, the object file name for a source file is
	   made by replacing the suffix .c, .i, .s, etc., with
	   .o.

	   Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or
	   assembly, are ignored.

       -S  Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not
	   assemble.  The output is in the form of an assembler
	   code file for each non-assembler input file specified.

	   By default, the assembler file name for a source file
	   is made by replacing the suffix .c, .i, etc., with .s.

	   Input files that don't require compilation are
	   ignored.

       -E  Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the
	   compiler proper.  The output is in the form of prepro-
	   cessed source code, which is sent to the standard out-
	   put.

	   Input files which don't require preprocessing are
	   ignored.

       -o file
	   Place output in file file.  This applies regardless to
	   whatever sort of output is being produced, whether it
	   be an executable file, an object file, an assembler
	   file or preprocessed C code.

	   Since only one output file can be specified, it does
	   not make sense to use -o when compiling more than one
	   input file, unless you are producing an executable
	   file as output.

	   If -o is not specified, the default is to put an exe-
	   cutable file in a.out, the object file for source.suf-
	   fix in source.o, its assembler file in source.s, and
	   all preprocessed C source on standard output.

       -v  Print (on standard error output) the commands executed
	   to run the stages of compilation.  Also print the ver-
	   sion number of the compiler driver program and of the
	   preprocessor and the compiler proper.

       -###
	   Like -v except the commands are not executed and all
	   command arguments are quoted.  This is useful for
	   shell scripts to capture the driver-generated command
	   lines.

       -pipe
	   Use pipes rather than temporary files for communica-
	   tion between the various stages of compilation.  This
	   fails to work on some systems where the assembler is
	   unable to read from a pipe; but the GNU assembler has
	   no trouble.

       --help
	   Print (on the standard output) a description of the
	   command line options understood by gcc.  If the -v
	   option is also specified then --help will also be
	   passed on to the various processes invoked by gcc, so
	   that they can display the command line options they
	   accept.  If the -W option is also specified then com-
	   mand line options which have no documentation associ-
	   ated with them will also be displayed.

       --target-help
	   Print (on the standard output) a description of target
	   specific command line options for each tool.

       --version
	   Display the version number and copyrights of the
	   invoked GCC.

       Compiling C++ Programs

       C++ source files conventionally use one of the suffixes
       .C, .cc, .cpp, .c++, .cp, or .cxx; preprocessed C++ files
       use the suffix .ii.  GCC recognizes files with these names
       and compiles them as C++ programs even if you call the
       compiler the same way as for compiling C programs (usually
       with the name gcc).

       However, C++ programs often require class libraries as
       well as a compiler that understands the C++ language---and
       under some circumstances, you might want to compile pro-
       grams from standard input, or otherwise without a suffix
       that flags them as C++ programs.	 g++ is a program that
       calls GCC with the default language set to C++, and auto-
       matically specifies linking against the C++ library.  On
       many systems, g++ is also installed with the name c++.

       When you compile C++ programs, you may specify many of the
       same command-line options that you use for compiling pro-
       grams in any language; or command-line options meaningful
       for C and related languages; or options that are meaning-
       ful only for C++ programs.

       Options Controlling C Dialect

       The following options control the dialect of C (or lan-
       guages derived from C, such as C++ and Objective-C) that
       the compiler accepts:

       -ansi
	   In C mode, support all ISO C90 programs.  In C++ mode,
	   remove GNU extensions that conflict with ISO C++.

	   This turns off certain features of GCC that are
	   incompatible with ISO C90 (when compiling C code), or
	   of standard C++ (when compiling C++ code), such as the
	   "asm" and "typeof" keywords, and predefined macros
	   such as "unix" and "vax" that identify the type of
	   system you are using.  It also enables the undesirable
	   and rarely used ISO trigraph feature.  For the C com-
	   piler, it disables recognition of C++ style // com-
	   ments as well as the "inline" keyword.

	   The alternate keywords "__asm__", "__extension__",
	   "__inline__" and "__typeof__" continue to work despite
	   -ansi.  You would not want to use them in an ISO C
	   program, of course, but it is useful to put them in
	   header files that might be included in compilations
	   done with -ansi.  Alternate predefined macros such as
	   "__unix__" and "__vax__" are also available, with or
	   without -ansi.

	   The -ansi option does not cause non-ISO programs to be
	   rejected gratuitously.  For that, -pedantic is
	   required in addition to -ansi.

	   The macro "__STRICT_ANSI__" is predefined when the
	   -ansi option is used.  Some header files may notice
	   this macro and refrain from declaring certain func-
	   tions or defining certain macros that the ISO standard
	   doesn't call for; this is to avoid interfering with
	   any programs that might use these names for other
	   things.

	   Functions which would normally be built in but do not
	   have semantics defined by ISO C (such as "alloca" and
	   "ffs") are not built-in functions with -ansi is used.

       -std=
	   Determine the language standard.  This option is cur-
	   rently only supported when compiling C or C++.  A
	   value for this option must be provided; possible val-
	   ues are

	   c89
	   iso9899:1990
	       ISO C90 (same as -ansi).

	   iso9899:199409
	       ISO C90 as modified in amendment 1.

	   c99
	   c9x
	   iso9899:1999
	   iso9899:199x
	       ISO C99.	 Note that this standard is not yet fully
	       supported; see <http://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-3.3/c99sta-
	       tus.html> for more information.	The names c9x and
	       iso9899:199x are deprecated.

	   gnu89
	       Default, ISO C90 plus GNU extensions (including
	       some C99 features).

	   gnu99
	   gnu9x
	       ISO C99 plus GNU extensions.  When ISO C99 is
	       fully implemented in GCC, this will become the
	       default.	 The name gnu9x is deprecated.

	   c++98
	       The 1998 ISO C++ standard plus amendments.

	   gnu++98
	       The same as -std=c++98 plus GNU extensions.  This
	       is the default for C++ code.

	   Even when this option is not specified, you can still
	   use some of the features of newer standards in so far
	   as they do not conflict with previous C standards.
	   For example, you may use "__restrict__" even when
	   -std=c99 is not specified.

	   The -std options specifying some version of ISO C have
	   the same effects as -ansi, except that features that
	   were not in ISO C90 but are in the specified version
	   (for example, // comments and the "inline" keyword in
	   ISO C99) are not disabled.

       -aux-info filename
	   Output to the given filename prototyped declarations
	   for all functions declared and/or defined in a trans-
	   lation unit, including those in header files.  This
	   option is silently ignored in any language other than
	   C.

	   Besides declarations, the file indicates, in comments,
	   the origin of each declaration (source file and line),
	   whether the declaration was implicit, prototyped or
	   unprototyped (I, N for new or O for old, respectively,
	   in the first character after the line number and the
	   colon), and whether it came from a declaration or a
	   definition (C or F, respectively, in the following
	   character).	In the case of function definitions, a
	   K&R-style list of arguments followed by their declara-
	   tions is also provided, inside comments, after the
	   declaration.

       -fno-asm
	   Do not recognize "asm", "inline" or "typeof" as a key-
	   word, so that code can use these words as identifiers.
	   You can use the keywords "__asm__", "__inline__" and
	   "__typeof__" instead.  -ansi implies -fno-asm.

	   In C++, this switch only affects the "typeof" keyword,
	   since "asm" and "inline" are standard keywords.  You
	   may want to use the -fno-gnu-keywords flag instead,
	   which has the same effect.  In C99 mode (-std=c99 or
	   -std=gnu99), this switch only affects the "asm" and
	   "typeof" keywords, since "inline" is a standard key-
	   word in ISO C99.

       -fno-builtin
       -fno-builtin-function
	   Don't recognize built-in functions that do not begin
	   with __builtin_ as prefix.

	   GCC normally generates special code to handle certain
	   built-in functions more efficiently; for instance,
	   calls to "alloca" may become single instructions that
	   adjust the stack directly, and calls to "memcpy" may
	   become inline copy loops.  The resulting code is often
	   both smaller and faster, but since the function calls
	   no longer appear as such, you cannot set a breakpoint
	   on those calls, nor can you change the behavior of the
	   functions by linking with a different library.

	   With the -fno-builtin-function option only the built-
	   in function function is disabled.  function must not
	   begin with __builtin_.  If a function is named this is
	   not built-in in this version of GCC, this option is
	   ignored.  There is no corresponding -fbuiltin-function
	   option; if you wish to enable built-in functions
	   selectively when using -fno-builtin or -ffreestanding,
	   you may define macros such as:

		   #define abs(n)	   __builtin_abs ((n))
		   #define strcpy(d, s)	   __builtin_strcpy ((d), (s))

       -fhosted
	   Assert that compilation takes place in a hosted envi-
	   ronment.  This implies -fbuiltin.  A hosted environ-
	   ment is one in which the entire standard library is
	   available, and in which "main" has a return type of
	   "int".  Examples are nearly everything except a ker-
	   nel.	 This is equivalent to -fno-freestanding.

       -ffreestanding
	   Assert that compilation takes place in a freestanding
	   environment.	 This implies -fno-builtin.  A freestand-
	   ing environment is one in which the standard library
	   may not exist, and program startup may not necessarily
	   be at "main".  The most obvious example is an OS ker-
	   nel.	 This is equivalent to -fno-hosted.

       -fms-extensions
	   Accept some non-standard constructs used in Microsoft
	   header files.

       -trigraphs
	   Support ISO C trigraphs.  The -ansi option (and -std
	   options for strict ISO C conformance) implies -tri-
	   graphs.

       -no-integrated-cpp
	   Performs a compilation in two passes: preprocessing
	   and compiling.  This option allows a user supplied
	   "cc1", "cc1plus", or "cc1obj" via the -B option. The
	   user supplied compilation step can then add in an
	   additional preprocessing step after normal preprocess-
	   ing but before compiling. The default is to use the
	   integrated cpp (internal cpp)

	   The semantics of this option will change if "cc1",
	   "cc1plus", and "cc1obj" are merged.

       -traditional
       -traditional-cpp
	   Formerly, these options caused GCC to attempt to emu-
	   late a pre-standard C compiler.  They are now only
	   supported with the -E switch.  The preprocessor con-
	   tinues to support a pre-standard mode.  See the GNU
	   CPP manual for details.

       -fcond-mismatch
	   Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in
	   the second and third arguments.  The value of such an
	   expression is void.	This option is not supported for
	   C++.

       -funsigned-char
	   Let the type "char" be unsigned, like "unsigned char".

	   Each kind of machine has a default for what "char"
	   should be.  It is either like "unsigned char" by
	   default or like "signed char" by default.

	   Ideally, a portable program should always use "signed
	   char" or "unsigned char" when it depends on the
	   signedness of an object.  But many programs have been
	   written to use plain "char" and expect it to be
	   signed, or expect it to be unsigned, depending on the
	   machines they were written for.  This option, and its
	   inverse, let you make such a program work with the
	   opposite default.

	   The type "char" is always a distinct type from each of
	   "signed char" or "unsigned char", even though its
	   behavior is always just like one of those two.

       -fsigned-char
	   Let the type "char" be signed, like "signed char".

	   Note that this is equivalent to -fno-unsigned-char,
	   which is the negative form of -funsigned-char.  Like-
	   wise, the option -fno-signed-char is equivalent to
	   -funsigned-char.

       -fsigned-bitfields
       -funsigned-bitfields
       -fno-signed-bitfields
       -fno-unsigned-bitfields
	   These options control whether a bit-field is signed or
	   unsigned, when the declaration does not use either
	   "signed" or "unsigned".  By default, such a bit-field
	   is signed, because this is consistent: the basic inte-
	   ger types such as "int" are signed types.

       -fwritable-strings
	   Store string constants in the writable data segment
	   and don't uniquize them.  This is for compatibility
	   with old programs which assume they can write into
	   string constants.

	   Writing into string constants is a very bad idea;
	   ``constants'' should be constant.

       Options Controlling C++ Dialect

       This section describes the command-line options that are
       only meaningful for C++ programs; but you can also use
       most of the GNU compiler options regardless of what lan-
       guage your program is in.  For example, you might compile
       a file "firstClass.C" like this:

	       g++ -g -frepo -O -c firstClass.C

       In this example, only -frepo is an option meant only for
       C++ programs; you can use the other options with any lan-
       guage supported by GCC.

       Here is a list of options that are only for compiling C++
       programs:

       -fabi-version=n
	   Use version n of the C++ ABI.  Version 1 is the ver-
	   sion of the C++ ABI that first appeared in G++ 3.2.
	   Version 0 will always be the version that conforms
	   most closely to the C++ ABI specification.  Therefore,
	   the ABI obtained using version 0 will change as ABI
	   bugs are fixed.

	   The default is version 1.

       -fno-access-control
	   Turn off all access checking.  This switch is mainly
	   useful for working around bugs in the access control
	   code.

       -fcheck-new
	   Check that the pointer returned by "operator new" is
	   non-null before attempting to modify the storage allo-
	   cated.  This check is normally unnecessary because the
	   C++ standard specifies that "operator new" will only
	   return 0 if it is declared throw(), in which case the
	   compiler will always check the return value even with-
	   out this option.  In all other cases, when "operator
	   new" has a non-empty exception specification, memory
	   exhaustion is signalled by throwing "std::bad_alloc".
	   See also new (nothrow).

       -fconserve-space
	   Put uninitialized or runtime-initialized global vari-
	   ables into the common segment, as C does.  This saves
	   space in the executable at the cost of not diagnosing
	   duplicate definitions.  If you compile with this flag
	   and your program mysteriously crashes after "main()"
	   has completed, you may have an object that is being
	   destroyed twice because two definitions were merged.

	   This option is no longer useful on most targets, now
	   that support has been added for putting variables into
	   BSS without making them common.

       -fno-const-strings
	   Give string constants type "char *" instead of type
	   "const char *".  By default, G++ uses type "const char
	   *" as required by the standard.  Even if you use
	   -fno-const-strings, you cannot actually modify the
	   value of a string constant, unless you also use
	   -fwritable-strings.

	   This option might be removed in a future release of
	   G++.	 For maximum portability, you should structure
	   your code so that it works with string constants that
	   have type "const char *".

       -fdollars-in-identifiers
	   Accept $ in identifiers.  You can also explicitly pro-
	   hibit use of $ with the option -fno-dollars-in-identi-
	   fiers.  (GNU C allows $ by default on most target sys-
	   tems, but there are a few exceptions.)  Traditional C
	   allowed the character $ to form part of identifiers.
	   However, ISO C and C++ forbid $ in identifiers.

       -fno-elide-constructors
	   The C++ standard allows an implementation to omit cre-
	   ating a temporary which is only used to initialize
	   another object of the same type.  Specifying this
	   option disables that optimization, and forces G++ to
	   call the copy constructor in all cases.

       -fno-enforce-eh-specs
	   Don't check for violation of exception specifications
	   at runtime.	This option violates the C++ standard,
	   but may be useful for reducing code size in production
	   builds, much like defining NDEBUG.  The compiler will
	   still optimize based on the exception specifications.

       -fexternal-templates
	   Cause #pragma interface and implementation to apply to
	   template instantiation; template instances are emitted
	   or not according to the location of the template defi-
	   nition.

	   This option is deprecated.

       -falt-external-templates
	   Similar to -fexternal-templates, but template
	   instances are emitted or not according to the place
	   where they are first instantiated.

	   This option is deprecated.

       -ffor-scope
       -fno-for-scope
	   If -ffor-scope is specified, the scope of variables
	   declared in a for-init-statement is limited to the for
	   loop itself, as specified by the C++ standard.  If
	   -fno-for-scope is specified, the scope of variables
	   declared in a for-init-statement extends to the end of
	   the enclosing scope, as was the case in old versions
	   of G++, and other (traditional) implementations of
	   C++.

	   The default if neither flag is given to follow the
	   standard, but to allow and give a warning for old-
	   style code that would otherwise be invalid, or have
	   different behavior.

       -fno-gnu-keywords
	   Do not recognize "typeof" as a keyword, so that code
	   can use this word as an identifier.	You can use the
	   keyword "__typeof__" instead.  -ansi implies
	   -fno-gnu-keywords.

       -fno-implicit-templates
	   Never emit code for non-inline templates which are
	   instantiated implicitly (i.e. by use); only emit code
	   for explicit instantiations.

       -fno-implicit-inline-templates
	   Don't emit code for implicit instantiations of inline
	   templates, either.  The default is to handle inlines
	   differently so that compiles with and without opti-
	   mization will need the same set of explicit instantia-
	   tions.

       -fno-implement-inlines
	   To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of
	   inline functions controlled by #pragma implementation.
	   This will cause linker errors if these functions are
	   not inlined everywhere they are called.

       -fms-extensions
	   Disable pedantic warnings about constructs used in
	   MFC, such as implicit int and getting a pointer to
	   member function via non-standard syntax.

       -fno-nonansi-builtins
	   Disable built-in declarations of functions that are
	   not mandated by ANSI/ISO C.	These include "ffs",
	   "alloca", "_exit", "index", "bzero", "conjf", and
	   other related functions.

       -fno-operator-names
	   Do not treat the operator name keywords "and",
	   "bitand", "bitor", "compl", "not", "or" and "xor" as
	   synonyms as keywords.

       -fno-optional-diags
	   Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler
	   does not need to issue.  Currently, the only such
	   diagnostic issued by G++ is the one for a name having
	   multiple meanings within a class.

       -fpermissive
	   Downgrade messages about nonconformant code from
	   errors to warnings.	By default, G++ effectively sets
	   -pedantic-errors without -pedantic; this option
	   reverses that.  This behavior and this option are
	   superseded by -pedantic, which works as it does for
	   GNU C.

       -frepo
	   Enable automatic template instantiation at link time.
	   This option also implies -fno-implicit-templates.

       -fno-rtti
	   Disable generation of information about every class
	   with virtual functions for use by the C++ runtime type
	   identification features (dynamic_cast and typeid).  If
	   you don't use those parts of the language, you can
	   save some space by using this flag.	Note that excep-
	   tion handling uses the same information, but it will
	   generate it as needed.

       -fstats
	   Emit statistics about front-end processing at the end
	   of the compilation.	This information is generally
	   only useful to the G++ development team.

       -ftemplate-depth-n
	   Set the maximum instantiation depth for template
	   classes to n.  A limit on the template instantiation
	   depth is needed to detect endless recursions during
	   template class instantiation.  ANSI/ISO C++ conforming
	   programs must not rely on a maximum depth greater than
	   17.

       -fuse-cxa-atexit
	   Register destructors for objects with static storage
	   duration with the "__cxa_atexit" function rather than
	   the "atexit" function.  This option is required for
	   fully standards-compliant handling of static destruc-
	   tors, but will only work if your C library supports
	   "__cxa_atexit".

       -fvtable-gc
	   Emit special relocations for vtables and virtual func-
	   tion references so that the linker can identify unused
	   virtual functions and zero out vtable slots that refer
	   to them.  This is most useful with -ffunction-sections
	   and -Wl,--gc-sections, in order to also discard the
	   functions themselves.

	   This optimization requires GNU as and GNU ld.  Not all
	   systems support this option.	 -Wl,--gc-sections is
	   ignored without -static.

       -fno-weak
	   Do not use weak symbol support, even if it is provided
	   by the linker.  By default, G++ will use weak symbols
	   if they are available.  This option exists only for
	   testing, and should not be used by end-users; it will
	   result in inferior code and has no benefits.	 This
	   option may be removed in a future release of G++.

       -nostdinc++
	   Do not search for header files in the standard direc-
	   tories specific to C++, but do still search the other
	   standard directories.  (This option is used when
	   building the C++ library.)

       In addition, these optimization, warning, and code genera-
       tion options have meanings only for C++ programs:

       -fno-default-inline
	   Do not assume inline for functions defined inside a
	   class scope.
	     Note that these functions will have linkage like
	   inline functions; they just won't be inlined by
	   default.

       -Wabi (C++ only)
	   Warn when G++ generates code that is probably not com-
	   patible with the vendor-neutral C++ ABI.  Although an
	   effort has been made to warn about all such cases,
	   there are probably some cases that are not warned
	   about, even though G++ is generating incompatible
	   code.  There may also be cases where warnings are
	   emitted even though the code that is generated will be
	   compatible.

	   You should rewrite your code to avoid these warnings
	   if you are concerned about the fact that code gener-
	   ated by G++ may not be binary compatible with code
	   generated by other compilers.

	   The known incompatibilities at this point include:

	   o   Incorrect handling of tail-padding for bit-fields.
	       G++ may attempt to pack data into the same byte as
	       a base class.  For example:

		       struct A { virtual void f(); int f1 : 1; };
		       struct B : public A { int f2 : 1; };

	       In this case, G++ will place "B::f2" into the same
	       byte as"A::f1"; other compilers will not.  You can
	       avoid this problem by explicitly padding "A" so
	       that its size is a multiple of the byte size on
	       your platform; that will cause G++ and other com-
	       pilers to layout "B" identically.

	   o   Incorrect handling of tail-padding for virtual
	       bases.  G++ does not use tail padding when laying
	       out virtual bases.  For example:

		       struct A { virtual void f(); char c1; };
		       struct B { B(); char c2; };
		       struct C : public A, public virtual B {};

	       In this case, G++ will not place "B" into the
	       tail-padding for "A"; other compilers will.  You
	       can avoid this problem by explicitly padding "A"
	       so that its size is a multiple of its alignment
	       (ignoring virtual base classes); that will cause
	       G++ and other compilers to layout "C" identically.

	   o   Incorrect handling of bit-fields with declared
	       widths greater than that of their underlying
	       types, when the bit-fields appear in a union.  For
	       example:

		       union U { int i : 4096; };

	       Assuming that an "int" does not have 4096 bits,
	       G++ will make the union too small by the number of
	       bits in an "int".

	   o   Empty classes can be placed at incorrect offsets.
	       For example:

		       struct A {};

		       struct B {
			 A a;
			 virtual void f ();
		       };

		       struct C : public B, public A {};

	       G++ will place the "A" base class of "C" at a
	       nonzero offset; it should be placed at offset
	       zero.  G++ mistakenly believes that the "A" data
	       member of "B" is already at offset zero.

	   o   Names of template functions whose types involve
	       "typename" or template template parameters can be
	       mangled incorrectly.

		       template <typename Q>
		       void f(typename Q::X) {}

		       template <template <typename> class Q>
		       void f(typename Q<int>::X) {}

	       Instantiations of these templates may be mangled
	       incorrectly.

       -Wctor-dtor-privacy (C++ only)
	   Warn when a class seems unusable, because all the con-
	   structors or destructors in a class are private and
	   the class has no friends or public static member func-
	   tions.  This warning is enabled by default.

       -Wnon-virtual-dtor (C++ only)
	   Warn when a class declares a non-virtual destructor
	   that should probably be virtual, because it looks like
	   the class will be used polymorphically.  This warning
	   is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wreorder (C++ only)
	   Warn when the order of member initializers given in
	   the code does not match the order in which they must
	   be executed.	 For instance:

		   struct A {
		     int i;
		     int j;
		     A(): j (0), i (1) { }
		   };

	   Here the compiler will warn that the member initializ-
	   ers for i and j will be rearranged to match the decla-
	   ration order of the members.	 This warning is enabled
	   by -Wall.

       The following -W... options are not affected by -Wall.

       -Weffc++ (C++ only)
	   Warn about violations of the following style guide-
	   lines from Scott Meyers' Effective C++ book:

	   o   Item 11:	 Define a copy constructor and an assign-
	       ment operator for classes with dynamically allo-
	       cated memory.

	   o   Item 12:	 Prefer initialization to assignment in
	       constructors.

	   o   Item 14:	 Make destructors virtual in base
	       classes.

	   o   Item 15:	 Have "operator=" return a reference to
	       *this.

	   o   Item 23:	 Don't try to return a reference when you
	       must return an object.

	   and about violations of the following style guidelines
	   from Scott Meyers' More Effective C++ book:

	   o   Item 6:	Distinguish between prefix and postfix
	       forms of increment and decrement operators.

	   o   Item 7:	Never overload "&&", "||", or ",".

	   If you use this option, you should be aware that the
	   standard library headers do not obey all of these
	   guidelines; you can use grep -v to filter out those
	   warnings.

       -Wno-deprecated (C++ only)
	   Do not warn about usage of deprecated features.

       -Wno-non-template-friend (C++ only)
	   Disable warnings when non-templatized friend functions
	   are declared within a template.  With the advent of
	   explicit template specification support in G++, if the
	   name of the friend is an unqualified-id (i.e., friend
	   foo(int)), the C++ language specification demands that
	   the friend declare or define an ordinary, nontemplate
	   function.  (Section 14.5.3).	 Before G++ implemented
	   explicit specification, unqualified-ids could be
	   interpreted as a particular specialization of a tem-
	   platized function.  Because this non-conforming behav-
	   ior is no longer the default behavior for G++,
	   -Wnon-template-friend allows the compiler to check
	   existing code for potential trouble spots, and is on
	   by default.	This new compiler behavior can be turned
	   off with -Wno-non-template-friend which keeps the con-
	   formant compiler code but disables the helpful
	   warning.

       -Wold-style-cast (C++ only)
	   Warn if an old-style (C-style) cast to a non-void type
	   is used within a C++ program.  The new-style casts
	   (static_cast, reinterpret_cast, and const_cast) are
	   less vulnerable to unintended effects, and much easier
	   to grep for.

       -Woverloaded-virtual (C++ only)
	   Warn when a function declaration hides virtual func-
	   tions from a base class.  For example, in:

		   struct A {
		     virtual void f();
		   };

		   struct B: public A {
		     void f(int);
		   };

	   the "A" class version of "f" is hidden in "B", and
	   code like this:

		   B* b;
		   b->f();

	   will fail to compile.

       -Wno-pmf-conversions (C++ only)
	   Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer
	   to member function to a plain pointer.

       -Wsign-promo (C++ only)
	   Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from
	   unsigned or enumeral type to a signed type over a con-
	   version to an unsigned type of the same size.  Previ-
	   ous versions of G++ would try to preserve unsigned-
	   ness, but the standard mandates the current behavior.

       -Wsynth (C++ only)
	   Warn when G++'s synthesis behavior does not match that
	   of cfront.  For instance:

		   struct A {
		     operator int ();
		     A& operator = (int);
		   };

		   main ()
		   {
		     A a,b;
		     a = b;
		   }

	   In this example, G++ will synthesize a default A&
	   operator = (const A&);, while cfront will use the
	   user-defined operator =.

       Options Controlling Objective-C Dialect

       This section describes the command-line options that are
       only meaningful for Objective-C programs; but you can also
       use most of the GNU compiler options regardless of what
       language your program is in.  For example, you might com-
       pile a file "some_class.m" like this:

	       gcc -g -fgnu-runtime -O -c some_class.m

       In this example, only -fgnu-runtime is an option meant
       only for Objective-C programs; you can use the other
       options with any language supported by GCC.

       Here is a list of options that are only for compiling
       Objective-C programs:

       -fconstant-string-class=class-name
	   Use class-name as the name of the class to instantiate
	   for each literal string specified with the syntax
	   "@"..."".  The default class name is "NXCon-
	   stantString".

       -fgnu-runtime
	   Generate object code compatible with the standard GNU
	   Objective-C runtime.	 This is the default for most
	   types of systems.

       -fnext-runtime
	   Generate output compatible with the NeXT runtime.
	   This is the default for NeXT-based systems, including
	   Darwin and Mac OS X.	 The macro "__NEXT_RUNTIME__" is
	   predefined if (and only if) this option is used.

       -gen-decls
	   Dump interface declarations for all classes seen in
	   the source file to a file named sourcename.decl.

       -Wno-protocol
	   If a class is declared to implement a protocol, a
	   warning is issued for every method in the protocol
	   that is not implemented by the class.  The default
	   behavior is to issue a warning for every method not
	   explicitly implemented in the class, even if a method
	   implementation is inherited from the superclass.  If
	   you use the "-Wno-protocol" option, then methods
	   inherited from the superclass are considered to be
	   implemented, and no warning is issued for them.

       -Wselector
	   Warn if multiple methods of different types for the
	   same selector are found during compilation.	The check
	   is performed on the list of methods in the final stage
	   of compilation.  Additionally, a check is performed
	   that for each selector appearing in a "@selector(...)"
	   expression, a corresponding method with that selector
	   has been found during compilation.  Because these
	   checks scan the method table only at the end of compi-
	   lation, these warnings are not produced if the final
	   stage of compilation is not reached, for example
	   because an error is found during compilation, or
	   because the "-fsyntax-only" option is being used.

       -Wundeclared-selector
	   Warn if a "@selector(...)" expression referring to an
	   undeclared selector is found.  A selector is consid-
	   ered undeclared if no method with that name has been
	   declared (explicitly, in an @interface or @protocol
	   declaration, or implicitly, in an @implementation sec-
	   tion) before the "@selector(...)" expression.  This
	   option always performs its checks as soon as a
	   "@selector(...)" expression is found (while "-Wselec-
	   tor" only performs its checks in the final stage of
	   compilation), and so additionally enforces the coding
	   style convention that methods and selectors must be
	   declared before being used.

       Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting

       Traditionally, diagnostic messages have been formatted
       irrespective of the output device's aspect (e.g. its
       width, ...).  The options described below can be used to
       control the diagnostic messages formatting algorithm, e.g.
       how many characters per line, how often source location
       information should be reported.	Right now, only the C++
       front end can honor these options.  However it is
       expected, in the near future, that the remaining front
       ends would be able to digest them correctly.

       -fmessage-length=n
	   Try to format error messages so that they fit on lines
	   of about n characters.  The default is 72 characters
	   for g++ and 0 for the rest of the front ends supported
	   by GCC.  If n is zero, then no line-wrapping will be
	   done; each error message will appear on a single line.

       -fdiagnostics-show-location=once
	   Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode.  Instructs the
	   diagnostic messages reporter to emit once source loca-
	   tion information; that is, in case the message is too
	   long to fit on a single physical line and has to be
	   wrapped, the source location won't be emitted (as pre-
	   fix) again, over and over, in subsequent continuation
	   lines.  This is the default behavior.

       -fdiagnostics-show-location=every-line
	   Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode.  Instructs the
	   diagnostic messages reporter to emit the same source
	   location information (as prefix) for physical lines
	   that result from the process of breaking a message
	   which is too long to fit on a single line.

       Options to Request or Suppress Warnings

       Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions
       which are not inherently erroneous but which are risky or
       suggest there may have been an error.

       You can request many specific warnings with options begin-
       ning -W, for example -Wimplicit to request warnings on
       implicit declarations.  Each of these specific warning
       options also has a negative form beginning -Wno- to turn
       off warnings; for example, -Wno-implicit.  This manual
       lists only one of the two forms, whichever is not the
       default.

       The following options control the amount and kinds of
       warnings produced by GCC; for further, language-specific
       options also refer to @ref{C++ Dialect Options} and
       @ref{Objective-C Dialect Options}.

       -fsyntax-only
	   Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do any-
	   thing beyond that.

       -pedantic
	   Issue all the warnings demanded by strict ISO C and
	   ISO C++; reject all programs that use forbidden exten-
	   sions, and some other programs that do not follow ISO
	   C and ISO C++.  For ISO C, follows the version of the
	   ISO C standard specified by any -std option used.

	   Valid ISO C and ISO C++ programs should compile prop-
	   erly with or without this option (though a rare few
	   will require -ansi or a -std option specifying the
	   required version of ISO C).	However, without this
	   option, certain GNU extensions and traditional C and
	   C++ features are supported as well.	With this option,
	   they are rejected.

	   -pedantic does not cause warning messages for use of
	   the alternate keywords whose names begin and end with
	   __.	Pedantic warnings are also disabled in the
	   expression that follows "__extension__".  However,
	   only system header files should use these escape
	   routes; application programs should avoid them.

	   Some users try to use -pedantic to check programs for
	   strict ISO C conformance.  They soon find that it does
	   not do quite what they want: it finds some non-ISO
	   practices, but not all---only those for which ISO C
	   requires a diagnostic, and some others for which diag-
	   nostics have been added.

	   A feature to report any failure to conform to ISO C
	   might be useful in some instances, but would require
	   considerable additional work and would be quite dif-
	   ferent from -pedantic.  We don't have plans to support
	   such a feature in the near future.

	   Where the standard specified with -std represents a
	   GNU extended dialect of C, such as gnu89 or gnu99,
	   there is a corresponding base standard, the version of
	   ISO C on which the GNU extended dialect is based.
	   Warnings from -pedantic are given where they are
	   required by the base standard.  (It would not make
	   sense for such warnings to be given only for features
	   not in the specified GNU C dialect, since by defini-
	   tion the GNU dialects of C include all features the
	   compiler supports with the given option, and there
	   would be nothing to warn about.)

       -pedantic-errors
	   Like -pedantic, except that errors are produced rather
	   than warnings.

       -w  Inhibit all warning messages.

       -Wno-import
	   Inhibit warning messages about the use of #import.

       -Wchar-subscripts
	   Warn if an array subscript has type "char".	This is a
	   common cause of error, as programmers often forget
	   that this type is signed on some machines.

       -Wcomment
	   Warn whenever a comment-start sequence /* appears in a
	   /* comment, or whenever a Backslash-Newline appears in
	   a // comment.

       -Wformat
	   Check calls to "printf" and "scanf", etc., to make
	   sure that the arguments supplied have types appropri-
	   ate to the format string specified, and that the
	   conversions specified in the format string make sense.
	   This includes standard functions, and others specified
	   by format attributes, in the "printf", "scanf", "strf-
	   time" and "strfmon" (an X/Open extension, not in the C
	   standard) families.

	   The formats are checked against the format features
	   supported by GNU libc version 2.2.  These include all
	   ISO C90 and C99 features, as well as features from the
	   Single Unix Specification and some BSD and GNU exten-
	   sions.  Other library implementations may not support
	   all these features; GCC does not support warning about
	   features that go beyond a particular library's limita-
	   tions.  However, if -pedantic is used with -Wformat,
	   warnings will be given about format features not in
	   the selected standard version (but not for "strfmon"
	   formats, since those are not in any version of the C
	   standard).

	   Since -Wformat also checks for null format arguments
	   for several functions, -Wformat also implies -Wnon-
	   null.

	   -Wformat is included in -Wall.  For more control over
	   some aspects of format checking, the options -Wno-for-
	   mat-y2k, -Wno-format-extra-args, -Wno-for-
	   mat-zero-length, -Wformat-nonliteral, -Wformat-secu-
	   rity, and -Wformat=2 are available, but are not
	   included in -Wall.

       -Wno-format-y2k
	   If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about "strftime"
	   formats which may yield only a two-digit year.

       -Wno-format-extra-args
	   If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about excess
	   arguments to a "printf" or "scanf" format function.
	   The C standard specifies that such arguments are
	   ignored.

	   Where the unused arguments lie between used arguments
	   that are specified with $ operand number specifica-
	   tions, normally warnings are still given, since the
	   implementation could not know what type to pass to
	   "va_arg" to skip the unused arguments.  However, in
	   the case of "scanf" formats, this option will suppress
	   the warning if the unused arguments are all pointers,
	   since the Single Unix Specification says that such
	   unused arguments are allowed.

       -Wno-format-zero-length
	   If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about zero-
	   length formats.  The C standard specifies that zero-
	   length formats are allowed.

       -Wformat-nonliteral
	   If -Wformat is specified, also warn if the format
	   string is not a string literal and so cannot be
	   checked, unless the format function takes its format
	   arguments as a "va_list".

       -Wformat-security
	   If -Wformat is specified, also warn about uses of for-
	   mat functions that represent possible security prob-
	   lems.  At present, this warns about calls to "printf"
	   and "scanf" functions where the format string is not a
	   string literal and there are no format arguments, as
	   in "printf (foo);".	This may be a security hole if
	   the format string came from untrusted input and con-
	   tains %n.  (This is currently a subset of what -Wfor-
	   mat-nonliteral warns about, but in future warnings may
	   be added to -Wformat-security that are not included in
	   -Wformat-nonliteral.)

       -Wformat=2
	   Enable -Wformat plus format checks not included in
	   -Wformat.  Currently equivalent to -Wformat -Wfor-
	   mat-nonliteral -Wformat-security.

       -Wnonnull
	   Enable warning about passing a null pointer for argu-
	   ments marked as requiring a non-null value by the
	   "nonnull" function attribute.

	   -Wnonnull is included in -Wall and -Wformat.	 It can
	   be disabled with the -Wno-nonnull option.

       -Wimplicit-int
	   Warn when a declaration does not specify a type.

       -Wimplicit-function-declaration
       -Werror-implicit-function-declaration
	   Give a warning (or error) whenever a function is used
	   before being declared.

       -Wimplicit
	   Same as -Wimplicit-int and -Wimplicit-function-decla-
	   ration.

       -Wmain
	   Warn if the type of main is suspicious.  main should
	   be a function with external linkage, returning int,
	   taking either zero arguments, two, or three arguments
	   of appropriate types.

       -Wmissing-braces
	   Warn if an aggregate or union initializer is not fully
	   bracketed.  In the following example, the initializer
	   for a is not fully bracketed, but that for b is fully
	   bracketed.

		   int a[2][2] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
		   int b[2][2] = { { 0, 1 }, { 2, 3 } };

       -Wparentheses
	   Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts,
	   such as when there is an assignment in a context where
	   a truth value is expected, or when operators are
	   nested whose precedence people often get confused
	   about.

	   Also warn about constructions where there may be con-
	   fusion to which "if" statement an "else" branch
	   belongs.  Here is an example of such a case:

		   {
		     if (a)
		       if (b)
			 foo ();
		     else
		       bar ();
		   }

	   In C, every "else" branch belongs to the innermost
	   possible "if" statement, which in this example is "if
	   (b)".  This is often not what the programmer expected,
	   as illustrated in the above example by indentation the
	   programmer chose.  When there is the potential for
	   this confusion, GCC will issue a warning when this
	   flag is specified.  To eliminate the warning, add
	   explicit braces around the innermost "if" statement so
	   there is no way the "else" could belong to the enclos-
	   ing "if".  The resulting code would look like this:

		   {
		     if (a)
		       {
			 if (b)
			   foo ();
			 else
			   bar ();
		       }
		   }

       -Wsequence-point
	   Warn about code that may have undefined semantics
	   because of violations of sequence point rules in the C
	   standard.

	   The C standard defines the order in which expressions
	   in a C program are evaluated in terms of sequence
	   points, which represent a partial ordering between the
	   execution of parts of the program: those executed
	   before the sequence point, and those executed after
	   it.	These occur after the evaluation of a full
	   expression (one which is not part of a larger expres-
	   sion), after the evaluation of the first operand of a
	   "&&", "||", "? :" or "," (comma) operator, before a
	   function is called (but after the evaluation of its
	   arguments and the expression denoting the called func-
	   tion), and in certain other places.	Other than as
	   expressed by the sequence point rules, the order of
	   evaluation of subexpressions of an expression is not
	   specified.  All these rules describe only a partial
	   order rather than a total order, since, for example,
	   if two functions are called within one expression with
	   no sequence point between them, the order in which the
	   functions are called is not specified.  However, the
	   standards committee have ruled that function calls do
	   not overlap.

	   It is not specified when between sequence points modi-
	   fications to the values of objects take effect.  Pro-
	   grams whose behavior depends on this have undefined
	   behavior; the C standard specifies that ``Between the
	   previous and next sequence point an object shall have
	   its stored value modified at most once by the evalua-
	   tion of an expression.  Furthermore, the prior value
	   shall be read only to determine the value to be
	   stored.''.  If a program breaks these rules, the
	   results on any particular implementation are entirely
	   unpredictable.

	   Examples of code with undefined behavior are "a =
	   a++;", "a[n] = b[n++]" and "a[i++] = i;".  Some more
	   complicated cases are not diagnosed by this option,
	   and it may give an occasional false positive result,
	   but in general it has been found fairly effective at
	   detecting this sort of problem in programs.

	   The present implementation of this option only works
	   for C programs.  A future implementation may also work
	   for C++ programs.

	   The C standard is worded confusingly, therefore there
	   is some debate over the precise meaning of the
	   sequence point rules in subtle cases.  Links to dis-
	   cussions of the problem, including proposed formal
	   definitions, may be found on our readings page, at
	   <http://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html>.

       -Wreturn-type
	   Warn whenever a function is defined with a return-type
	   that defaults to "int".  Also warn about any "return"
	   statement with no return-value in a function whose
	   return-type is not "void".

	   For C++, a function without return type always pro-
	   duces a diagnostic message, even when -Wno-return-type
	   is specified.  The only exceptions are main and func-
	   tions defined in system headers.

       -Wswitch
	   Warn whenever a "switch" statement has an index of
	   enumeral type and lacks a "case" for one or more of
	   the named codes of that enumeration.	 (The presence of
	   a "default" label prevents this warning.)  "case"
	   labels outside the enumeration range also provoke
	   warnings when this option is used.

       -Wswitch-default
	   Warn whenever a "switch" statement does not have a
	   "default" case.

       -Wswitch-enum
	   Warn whenever a "switch" statement has an index of
	   enumeral type and lacks a "case" for one or more of
	   the named codes of that enumeration.	 "case" labels
	   outside the enumeration range also provoke warnings
	   when this option is used.

       -Wtrigraphs
	   Warn if any trigraphs are encountered that might
	   change the meaning of the program (trigraphs within
	   comments are not warned about).

       -Wunused-function
	   Warn whenever a static function is declared but not
	   defined or a non\-inline static function is unused.

       -Wunused-label
	   Warn whenever a label is declared but not used.

	   To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.

       -Wunused-parameter
	   Warn whenever a function parameter is unused aside
	   from its declaration.

	   To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.

       -Wunused-variable
	   Warn whenever a local variable or non-constant static
	   variable is unused aside from its declaration

	   To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.

       -Wunused-value
	   Warn whenever a statement computes a result that is
	   explicitly not used.

	   To suppress this warning cast the expression to void.

       -Wunused
	   All the above -Wunused options combined.

	   In order to get a warning about an unused function
	   parameter, you must either specify -W -Wunused or sep-
	   arately specify -Wunused-parameter.

       -Wuninitialized
	   Warn if an automatic variable is used without first
	   being initialized or if a variable may be clobbered by
	   a "setjmp" call.

	   These warnings are possible only in optimizing compi-
	   lation, because they require data flow information
	   that is computed only when optimizing.  If you don't
	   specify -O, you simply won't get these warnings.

	   These warnings occur only for variables that are can-
	   didates for register allocation.  Therefore, they do
	   not occur for a variable that is declared "volatile",
	   or whose address is taken, or whose size is other than
	   1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes.	Also, they do not occur for
	   structures, unions or arrays, even when they are in
	   registers.

	   Note that there may be no warning about a variable
	   that is used only to compute a value that itself is
	   never used, because such computations may be deleted
	   by data flow analysis before the warnings are printed.

	   These warnings are made optional because GCC is not
	   smart enough to see all the reasons why the code might
	   be correct despite appearing to have an error.  Here
	   is one example of how this can happen:

		   {
		     int x;
		     switch (y)
		       {
		       case 1: x = 1;
			 break;
		       case 2: x = 4;
			 break;
		       case 3: x = 5;
		       }
		     foo (x);
		   }

	   If the value of "y" is always 1, 2 or 3, then "x" is
	   always initialized, but GCC doesn't know this.  Here
	   is another common case:

		   {
		     int save_y;
		     if (change_y) save_y = y, y = new_y;
		     ...
		     if (change_y) y = save_y;
		   }

	   This has no bug because "save_y" is used only if it is
	   set.

	   This option also warns when a non-volatile automatic
	   variable might be changed by a call to "longjmp".
	   These warnings as well are possible only in optimizing
	   compilation.

	   The compiler sees only the calls to "setjmp".  It can-
	   not know where "longjmp" will be called; in fact, a
	   signal handler could call it at any point in the code.
	   As a result, you may get a warning even when there is
	   in fact no problem because "longjmp" cannot in fact be
	   called at the place which would cause a problem.

	   Some spurious warnings can be avoided if you declare
	   all the functions you use that never return as "nore-
	   turn".

       -Wunknown-pragmas
	   Warn when a #pragma directive is encountered which is
	   not understood by GCC.  If this command line option is
	   used, warnings will even be issued for unknown pragmas
	   in system header files.  This is not the case if the
	   warnings were only enabled by the -Wall command line
	   option.

       -Wstrict-aliasing
	   This option is only active when -fstrict-aliasing is
	   active.  It warns about code which might break the
	   strict aliasing rules that the compiler is using for
	   optimization. The warning does not catch all cases,
	   but does attempt to catch the more common pitfalls. It
	   is included in -Wall.

       -Wall
	   All of the above -W options combined.  This enables
	   all the warnings about constructions that some users
	   consider questionable, and that are easy to avoid (or
	   modify to prevent the warning), even in conjunction
	   with macros.	 This also enables some language-specific
	   warnings described in @ref{C++ Dialect Options} and
	   @ref{Objective-C Dialect Options}.

       The following -W... options are not implied by -Wall.
       Some of them warn about constructions that users generally
       do not consider questionable, but which occasionally you
       might wish to check for; others warn about constructions
       that are necessary or hard to avoid in some cases, and
       there is no simple way to modify the code to suppress the
       warning.

       -W  Print extra warning messages for these events:

	   o   A function can return either with or without a
	       value.  (Falling off the end of the function body
	       is considered returning without a value.)  For
	       example, this function would evoke such a warning:

		       foo (a)
		       {
			 if (a > 0)
			   return a;
		       }

	   o   An expression-statement or the left-hand side of a
	       comma expression contains no side effects.  To
	       suppress the warning, cast the unused expression
	       to void.	 For example, an expression such as
	       x[i,j] will cause a warning, but x[(void)i,j] will
	       not.

	   o   An unsigned value is compared against zero with <
	       or <=.

	   o   A comparison like x<=y<=z appears; this is equiva-
	       lent to (x<=y ? 1 : 0) <= z, which is a different
	       interpretation from that of ordinary mathematical
	       notation.

	   o   Storage-class specifiers like "static" are not the
	       first things in a declaration.  According to the C
	       Standard, this usage is obsolescent.

	   o   The return type of a function has a type qualifier
	       such as "const".	 Such a type qualifier has no
	       effect, since the value returned by a function is
	       not an lvalue.  (But don't warn about the GNU
	       extension of "volatile void" return types.  That
	       extension will be warned about if -pedantic is
	       specified.)

	   o   If -Wall or -Wunused is also specified, warn about
	       unused arguments.

	   o   A comparison between signed and unsigned values
	       could produce an incorrect result when the signed
	       value is converted to unsigned.	(But don't warn
	       if -Wno-sign-compare is also specified.)

	   o   An aggregate has a partly bracketed initializer.
	       For example, the following code would evoke such a
	       warning, because braces are missing around the
	       initializer for "x.h":

		       struct s { int f, g; };
		       struct t { struct s h; int i; };
		       struct t x = { 1, 2, 3 };

	   o   An aggregate has an initializer which does not
	       initialize all members.	For example, the follow-
	       ing code would cause such a warning, because "x.h"
	       would be implicitly initialized to zero:

		       struct s { int f, g, h; };
		       struct s x = { 3, 4 };

       -Wno-div-by-zero
	   Do not warn about compile-time integer division by
	   zero.  Floating point division by zero is not warned
	   about, as it can be a legitimate way of obtaining
	   infinities and NaNs.

       -Wsystem-headers
	   Print warning messages for constructs found in system
	   header files.  Warnings from system headers are nor-
	   mally suppressed, on the assumption that they usually
	   do not indicate real problems and would only make the
	   compiler output harder to read.  Using this command
	   line option tells GCC to emit warnings from system
	   headers as if they occurred in user code.  However,
	   note that using -Wall in conjunction with this option
	   will not warn about unknown pragmas in system head-
	   ers---for that, -Wunknown-pragmas must also be used.

       -Wfloat-equal
	   Warn if floating point values are used in equality
	   comparisons.

	   The idea behind this is that sometimes it is conve-
	   nient (for the programmer) to consider floating-point
	   values as approximations to infinitely precise real
	   numbers.  If you are doing this, then you need to com-
	   pute (by analyzing the code, or in some other way) the
	   maximum or likely maximum error that the computation
	   introduces, and allow for it when performing compar-
	   isons (and when producing output, but that's a differ-
	   ent problem).  In particular, instead of testing for
	   equality, you would check to see whether the two val-
	   ues have ranges that overlap; and this is done with
	   the relational operators, so equality comparisons are
	   probably mistaken.

       -Wtraditional (C only)
	   Warn about certain constructs that behave differently
	   in traditional and ISO C.  Also warn about ISO C con-
	   structs that have no traditional C equivalent, and/or
	   problematic constructs which should be avoided.

	   o   Macro parameters that appear within string liter-
	       als in the macro body.  In traditional C macro
	       replacement takes place within string literals,
	       but does not in ISO C.

	   o   In traditional C, some preprocessor directives did
	       not exist.  Traditional preprocessors would only
	       consider a line to be a directive if the #
	       appeared in column 1 on the line.  Therefore
	       -Wtraditional warns about directives that tradi-
	       tional C understands but would ignore because the
	       # does not appear as the first character on the
	       line.  It also suggests you hide directives like
	       #pragma not understood by traditional C by indent-
	       ing them.  Some traditional implementations would
	       not recognize #elif, so it suggests avoiding it
	       altogether.

	   o   A function-like macro that appears without argu-
	       ments.

	   o   The unary plus operator.

	   o   The U integer constant suffix, or the F or L
	       floating point constant suffixes.  (Traditional C
	       does support the L suffix on integer constants.)
	       Note, these suffixes appear in macros defined in
	       the system headers of most modern systems, e.g.
	       the _MIN/_MAX macros in "<limits.h>".  Use of
	       these macros in user code might normally lead to
	       spurious warnings, however gcc's integrated pre-
	       processor has enough context to avoid warning in
	       these cases.

	   o   A function declared external in one block and then
	       used after the end of the block.

	   o   A "switch" statement has an operand of type
	       "long".

	   o   A non-"static" function declaration follows a
	       "static" one.  This construct is not accepted by
	       some traditional C compilers.

	   o   The ISO type of an integer constant has a differ-
	       ent width or signedness from its traditional type.
	       This warning is only issued if the base of the
	       constant is ten.	 I.e. hexadecimal or octal val-
	       ues, which typically represent bit patterns, are
	       not warned about.

	   o   Usage of ISO string concatenation is detected.

	   o   Initialization of automatic aggregates.

	   o   Identifier conflicts with labels.  Traditional C
	       lacks a separate namespace for labels.

	   o   Initialization of unions.  If the initializer is
	       zero, the warning is omitted.  This is done under
	       the assumption that the zero initializer in user
	       code appears conditioned on e.g. "__STDC__" to
	       avoid missing initializer warnings and relies on
	       default initialization to zero in the traditional
	       C case.

	   o   Conversions by prototypes between fixed/floating
	       point values and vice versa.  The absence of these
	       prototypes when compiling with traditional C would
	       cause serious problems.	This is a subset of the
	       possible conversion warnings, for the full set use
	       -Wconversion.

	   o   Use of ISO C style function definitions.	 This
	       warning intentionally is not issued for prototype
	       declarations or variadic functions because these
	       ISO C features will appear in your code when using
	       libiberty's traditional C compatibility macros,
	       "PARAMS" and "VPARAMS".	This warning is also
	       bypassed for nested functions because that feature
	       is already a gcc extension and thus not relevant
	       to traditional C compatibility.

       -Wundef
	   Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an #if
	   directive.

       -Wendif-labels
	   Warn whenever an #else or an #endif are followed by
	   text.

       -Wshadow
	   Warn whenever a local variable shadows another local
	   variable, parameter or global variable or whenever a
	   built-in function is shadowed.

       -Wlarger-than-len
	   Warn whenever an object of larger than len bytes is
	   defined.

       -Wpointer-arith
	   Warn about anything that depends on the ``size of'' a
	   function type or of "void".	GNU C assigns these types
	   a size of 1, for convenience in calculations with
	   "void *" pointers and pointers to functions.

       -Wbad-function-cast (C only)
	   Warn whenever a function call is cast to a non-match-
	   ing type.  For example, warn if "int malloc()" is cast
	   to "anything *".

       -Wcast-qual
	   Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type
	   qualifier from the target type.  For example, warn if
	   a "const char *" is cast to an ordinary "char *".

       -Wcast-align
	   Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required
	   alignment of the target is increased.  For example,
	   warn if a "char *" is cast to an "int *" on machines
	   where integers can only be accessed at two- or four-
	   byte boundaries.

       -Wwrite-strings
	   When compiling C, give string constants the type
	   "const char[length]" so that copying the address of
	   one into a non-"const" "char *" pointer will get a
	   warning; when compiling C++, warn about the deprecated
	   conversion from string constants to "char *".  These
	   warnings will help you find at compile time code that
	   can try to write into a string constant, but only if
	   you have been very careful about using "const" in dec-
	   larations and prototypes.  Otherwise, it will just be
	   a nuisance; this is why we did not make -Wall request
	   these warnings.

       -Wconversion
	   Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is
	   different from what would happen to the same argument
	   in the absence of a prototype.  This includes conver-
	   sions of fixed point to floating and vice versa, and
	   conversions changing the width or signedness of a
	   fixed point argument except when the same as the
	   default promotion.

	   Also, warn if a negative integer constant expression
	   is implicitly converted to an unsigned type.	 For
	   example, warn about the assignment "x = -1" if "x" is
	   unsigned.  But do not warn about explicit casts like
	   "(unsigned) -1".

       -Wsign-compare
	   Warn when a comparison between signed and unsigned
	   values could produce an incorrect result when the
	   signed value is converted to unsigned.  This warning
	   is enabled by -W, and by -Wall in C++ only.

       -Waggregate-return
	   Warn if any functions that return structures or unions
	   are defined or called.  (In languages where you can
	   return an array, this also elicits a warning.)

       -Wstrict-prototypes (C only)
	   Warn if a function is declared or defined without
	   specifying the argument types.  (An old-style function
	   definition is permitted without a warning if preceded
	   by a declaration which specifies the argument types.)

       -Wmissing-prototypes (C only)
	   Warn if a global function is defined without a previ-
	   ous prototype declaration.  This warning is issued
	   even if the definition itself provides a prototype.
	   The aim is to detect global functions that fail to be
	   declared in header files.

       -Wmissing-declarations
	   Warn if a global function is defined without a previ-
	   ous declaration.  Do so even if the definition itself
	   provides a prototype.  Use this option to detect
	   global functions that are not declared in header
	   files.

       -Wmissing-noreturn
	   Warn about functions which might be candidates for
	   attribute "noreturn".  Note these are only possible
	   candidates, not absolute ones.  Care should be taken
	   to manually verify functions actually do not ever
	   return before adding the "noreturn" attribute, other-
	   wise subtle code generation bugs could be introduced.
	   You will not get a warning for "main" in hosted C
	   environments.

       -Wmissing-format-attribute
	   If -Wformat is enabled, also warn about functions
	   which might be candidates for "format" attributes.
	   Note these are only possible candidates, not absolute
	   ones.  GCC will guess that "format" attributes might
	   be appropriate for any function that calls a function
	   like "vprintf" or "vscanf", but this might not always
	   be the case, and some functions for which "format"
	   attributes are appropriate may not be detected.  This
	   option has no effect unless -Wformat is enabled (pos-
	   sibly by -Wall).

       -Wno-multichar
	   Do not warn if a multicharacter constant ('FOOF') is
	   used.  Usually they indicate a typo in the user's
	   code, as they have implementation-defined values, and
	   should not be used in portable code.

       -Wno-deprecated-declarations
	   Do not warn about uses of functions, variables, and
	   types marked as deprecated by using the "deprecated"
	   attribute.  (@pxref{Function Attributes}, @pxref{Vari-
	   able Attributes}, @pxref{Type Attributes}.)

       -Wpacked
	   Warn if a structure is given the packed attribute, but
	   the packed attribute has no effect on the layout or
	   size of the structure.  Such structures may be mis-
	   aligned for little benefit.	For instance, in this
	   code, the variable "f.x" in "struct bar" will be mis-
	   aligned even though "struct bar" does not itself have
	   the packed attribute:

		   struct foo {
		     int x;
		     char a, b, c, d;
		   } __attribute__((packed));
		   struct bar {
		     char z;
		     struct foo f;
		   };

       -Wpadded
	   Warn if padding is included in a structure, either to
	   align an element of the structure or to align the
	   whole structure.  Sometimes when this happens it is
	   possible to rearrange the fields of the structure to
	   reduce the padding and so make the structure smaller.

       -Wredundant-decls
	   Warn if anything is declared more than once in the
	   same scope, even in cases where multiple declaration
	   is valid and changes nothing.

       -Wnested-externs (C only)
	   Warn if an "extern" declaration is encountered within
	   a function.

       -Wunreachable-code
	   Warn if the compiler detects that code will never be
	   executed.

	   This option is intended to warn when the compiler
	   detects that at least a whole line of source code will
	   never be executed, because some condition is never
	   satisfied or because it is after a procedure that
	   never returns.

	   It is possible for this option to produce a warning
	   even though there are circumstances under which part
	   of the affected line can be executed, so care should
	   be taken when removing apparently-unreachable code.

	   For instance, when a function is inlined, a warning
	   may mean that the line is unreachable in only one
	   inlined copy of the function.

	   This option is not made part of -Wall because in a
	   debugging version of a program there is often substan-
	   tial code which checks correct functioning of the pro-
	   gram and is, hopefully, unreachable because the pro-
	   gram does work.  Another common use of unreachable
	   code is to provide behavior which is selectable at
	   compile-time.

       -Winline
	   Warn if a function can not be inlined and it was
	   declared as inline.

       -Wlong-long
	   Warn if long long type is used.  This is default.  To
	   inhibit the warning messages, use -Wno-long-long.
	   Flags -Wlong-long and -Wno-long-long are taken into
	   account only when -pedantic flag is used.

       -Wdisabled-optimization
	   Warn if a requested optimization pass is disabled.
	   This warning does not generally indicate that there is
	   anything wrong with your code; it merely indicates
	   that GCC's optimizers were unable to handle the code
	   effectively.	 Often, the problem is that your code is
	   too big or too complex; GCC will refuse to optimize
	   programs when the optimization itself is likely to
	   take inordinate amounts of time.

       -Werror
	   Make all warnings into errors.

       Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC

       GCC has various special options that are used for debug-
       ging either your program or GCC:

       -g  Produce debugging information in the operating sys-
	   tem's native format (stabs, COFF, XCOFF, or DWARF).
	   GDB can work with this debugging information.

	   On most systems that use stabs format, -g enables use
	   of extra debugging information that only GDB can use;
	   this extra information makes debugging work better in
	   GDB but will probably make other debuggers crash or
	   refuse to read the program.	If you want to control
	   for certain whether to generate the extra information,
	   use -gstabs+, -gstabs, -gxcoff+, -gxcoff, -gdwarf-1+,
	   -gdwarf-1, or -gvms (see below).

	   Unlike most other C compilers, GCC allows you to use
	   -g with -O.	The shortcuts taken by optimized code may
	   occasionally produce surprising results: some vari-
	   ables you declared may not exist at all; flow of con-
	   trol may briefly move where you did not expect it;
	   some statements may not be executed because they com-
	   pute constant results or their values were already at
	   hand; some statements may execute in different places
	   because they were moved out of loops.

	   Nevertheless it proves possible to debug optimized
	   output.  This makes it reasonable to use the optimizer
	   for programs that might have bugs.

	   The following options are useful when GCC is generated
	   with the capability for more than one debugging for-
	   mat.

       -ggdb
	   Produce debugging information for use by GDB.  This
	   means to use the most expressive format available
	   (DWARF 2, stabs, or the native format if neither of
	   those are supported), including GDB extensions if at
	   all possible.

       -gstabs
	   Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that
	   is supported), without GDB extensions.  This is the
	   format used by DBX on most BSD systems.  On MIPS,
	   Alpha and System V Release 4 systems this option pro-
	   duces stabs debugging output which is not understood
	   by DBX or SDB.  On System V Release 4 systems this
	   option requires the GNU assembler.

       -gstabs+
	   Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that
	   is supported), using GNU extensions understood only by
	   the GNU debugger (GDB).  The use of these extensions
	   is likely to make other debuggers crash or refuse to
	   read the program.

       -gcoff
	   Produce debugging information in COFF format (if that
	   is supported).  This is the format used by SDB on most
	   System V systems prior to System V Release 4.

       -gxcoff
	   Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that
	   is supported).  This is the format used by the DBX
	   debugger on IBM RS/6000 systems.

       -gxcoff+
	   Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that
	   is supported), using GNU extensions understood only by
	   the GNU debugger (GDB).  The use of these extensions
	   is likely to make other debuggers crash or refuse to
	   read the program, and may cause assemblers other than
	   the GNU assembler (GAS) to fail with an error.

       -gdwarf
	   Produce debugging information in DWARF version 1 for-
	   mat (if that is supported).	This is the format used
	   by SDB on most System V Release 4 systems.

	   This option is deprecated.

       -gdwarf+
	   Produce debugging information in DWARF version 1 for-
	   mat (if that is supported), using GNU extensions
	   understood only by the GNU debugger (GDB).  The use of
	   these extensions is likely to make other debuggers
	   crash or refuse to read the program.

	   This option is deprecated.

       -gdwarf-2
	   Produce debugging information in DWARF version 2 for-
	   mat (if that is supported).	This is the format used
	   by DBX on IRIX 6.

       -gvms
	   Produce debugging information in VMS debug format (if
	   that is supported).	This is the format used by DEBUG
	   on VMS systems.

       -glevel
       -ggdblevel
       -gstabslevel
       -gcofflevel
       -gxcofflevel
       -gvmslevel
	   Request debugging information and also use level to
	   specify how much information.  The default level is 2.

	   Level 1 produces minimal information, enough for mak-
	   ing backtraces in parts of the program that you don't
	   plan to debug.  This includes descriptions of func-
	   tions and external variables, but no information about
	   local variables and no line numbers.

	   Level 3 includes extra information, such as all the
	   macro definitions present in the program.  Some debug-
	   gers support macro expansion when you use -g3.

	   Note that in order to avoid confusion between DWARF1
	   debug level 2, and DWARF2, neither -gdwarf nor
	   -gdwarf-2 accept a concatenated debug level.	 Instead
	   use an additional -glevel option to change the debug
	   level for DWARF1 or DWARF2.

       -feliminate-dwarf2-dups
	   Compress DWARF2 debugging information by eliminating
	   duplicated information about each symbol.  This option
	   only makes sense when generating DWARF2 debugging
	   information with -gdwarf-2.

       -p  Generate extra code to write profile information suit-
	   able for the analysis program prof.	You must use this
	   option when compiling the source files you want data
	   about, and you must also use it when linking.

       -pg Generate extra code to write profile information suit-
	   able for the analysis program gprof.	 You must use
	   this option when compiling the source files you want
	   data about, and you must also use it when linking.

       -Q  Makes the compiler print out each function name as it
	   is compiled, and print some statistics about each pass
	   when it finishes.

       -ftime-report
	   Makes the compiler print some statistics about the
	   time consumed by each pass when it finishes.

       -fmem-report
	   Makes the compiler print some statistics about perma-
	   nent memory allocation when it finishes.

       -fprofile-arcs
	   Instrument arcs during compilation to generate cover-
	   age data or for profile-directed block ordering.  Dur-
	   ing execution the program records how many times each
	   branch is executed and how many times it is taken.
	   When the compiled program exits it saves this data to
	   a file called auxname.da for each source file.  aux-
	   name is generated from the name of the output file, if
	   explicitly specified and it is not the final exe-
	   cutable, otherwise it is the basename of the source
	   file. In both cases any suffix is removed (e.g.
	   foo.da for input file dir/foo.c, or dir/foo.da for
	   output file specified as -o dir/foo.o).

	   For profile-directed block ordering, compile the pro-
	   gram with -fprofile-arcs plus optimization and code
	   generation options, generate the arc profile informa-
	   tion by running the program on a selected workload,
	   and then compile the program again with the same opti-
	   mization and code generation options plus
	   -fbranch-probabilities.

	   The other use of -fprofile-arcs is for use with gcov,
	   when it is used with the -ftest-coverage option.

	   With -fprofile-arcs, for each function of your program
	   GCC creates a program flow graph, then finds a span-
	   ning tree for the graph.  Only arcs that are not on
	   the spanning tree have to be instrumented: the com-
	   piler adds code to count the number of times that
	   these arcs are executed.  When an arc is the only exit
	   or only entrance to a block, the instrumentation code
	   can be added to the block; otherwise, a new basic
	   block must be created to hold the instrumentation
	   code.

       -ftest-coverage
	   Create data files for the gcov code-coverage utility.
	   See -fprofile-arcs option above for a description of
	   auxname.

	   auxname.bb
	       A mapping from basic blocks to line numbers, which
	       gcov uses to associate basic block execution
	       counts with line numbers.

	   auxname.bbg
	       A list of all arcs in the program flow graph.
	       This allows gcov to reconstruct the program flow
	       graph, so that it can compute all basic block and
	       arc execution counts from the information in the
	       auxname.da file.

	   Use -ftest-coverage with -fprofile-arcs; the latter
	   option adds instrumentation to the program, which then
	   writes execution counts to another data file:

	   auxname.da
	       Runtime arc execution counts, used in conjunction
	       with the arc information in the file auxname.bbg.

	   Coverage data will map better to the source files if
	   -ftest-coverage is used without optimization.

       -dletters
	   Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at
	   times specified by letters.	This is used for debug-
	   ging the compiler.  The file names for most of the
	   dumps are made by appending a pass number and a word
	   to the dumpname. dumpname is generated from the name
	   of the output file, if explicitly specified and it is
	   not an executable, otherwise it is the basename of the
	   source file. In both cases any suffix is removed (e.g.
	   foo.00.rtl or foo.01.sibling).  Here are the possible
	   letters for use in letters, and their meanings:

	   A   Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous
	       debugging information.

	   b   Dump after computing branch probabilities, to
	       file.14.bp.

	   B   Dump after block reordering, to file.32.bbro.

	   c   Dump after instruction combination, to the file
	       file.19.combine.

	   C   Dump after the first if conversion, to the file
	       file.15.ce1.

	   d   Dump after delayed branch scheduling, to
	       file.34.dbr.

	   D   Dump all macro definitions, at the end of prepro-
	       cessing, in addition to normal output.

	   e   Dump after SSA optimizations, to file.04.ssa and
	       file.07.ussa.

	   E   Dump after the second if conversion, to
	       file.29.ce3.

	   f   Dump after life analysis, to file.18.life.

	   F   Dump after purging "ADDRESSOF" codes, to
	       file.10.addressof.

	   g   Dump after global register allocation, to
	       file.24.greg.

	   h   Dump after finalization of EH handling code, to
	       file.02.eh.

	   k   Dump after reg-to-stack conversion, to
	       file.31.stack.

	   o   Dump after post-reload optimizations, to
	       file.25.postreload.

	   G   Dump after GCSE, to file.11.gcse.

	   i   Dump after sibling call optimizations, to
	       file.01.sibling.

	   j   Dump after the first jump optimization, to
	       file.03.jump.

	   k   Dump after conversion from registers to stack, to
	       file.31.stack.

	   l   Dump after local register allocation, to
	       file.23.lreg.

	   L   Dump after loop optimization, to file.12.loop.

	   M   Dump after performing the machine dependent reor-
	       ganization pass, to file.33.mach.

	   n   Dump after register renumbering, to file.28.rnreg.

	   N   Dump after the register move pass, to file.21.reg-
	       move.

	   r   Dump after RTL generation, to file.00.rtl.

	   R   Dump after the second scheduling pass, to
	       file.30.sched2.

	   s   Dump after CSE (including the jump optimization
	       that sometimes follows CSE), to file.09.cse.

	   S   Dump after the first scheduling pass, to
	       file.22.sched.

	   t   Dump after the second CSE pass (including the jump
	       optimization that sometimes follows CSE), to
	       file.17.cse2.

	   u   Dump after null pointer elimination pass to
	       file.08.null.

	   w   Dump after the second flow pass, to file.26.flow2.

	   X   Dump after SSA dead code elimination, to
	       file.06.ssadce.

	   z   Dump after the peephole pass, to file.27.peep-
	       hole2.

	   a   Produce all the dumps listed above.

	   m   Print statistics on memory usage, at the end of
	       the run, to standard error.

	   p   Annotate the assembler output with a comment indi-
	       cating which pattern and alternative was used.
	       The length of each instruction is also printed.

	   P   Dump the RTL in the assembler output as a comment
	       before each instruction.	 Also turns on -dp anno-
	       tation.

	   v   For each of the other indicated dump files (except
	       for file.00.rtl), dump a representation of the
	       control flow graph suitable for viewing with VCG
	       to file.pass.vcg.

	   x   Just generate RTL for a function instead of com-
	       piling it.  Usually used with r.

	   y   Dump debugging information during parsing, to
	       standard error.

       -fdump-unnumbered
	   When doing debugging dumps (see -d option above), sup-
	   press instruction numbers and line number note output.
	   This makes it more feasible to use diff on debugging
	   dumps for compiler invocations with different options,
	   in particular with and without -g.

       -fdump-translation-unit (C and C++ only)
       -fdump-translation-unit-options (C and C++ only)
	   Dump a representation of the tree structure for the
	   entire translation unit to a file.  The file name is
	   made by appending .tu to the source file name.  If the
	   -options form is used, options controls the details of
	   the dump as described for the -fdump-tree options.

       -fdump-class-hierarchy (C++ only)
       -fdump-class-hierarchy-options (C++ only)
	   Dump a representation of each class's hierarchy and
	   virtual function table layout to a file.  The file
	   name is made by appending .class to the source file
	   name.  If the -options form is used, options controls
	   the details of the dump as described for the
	   -fdump-tree options.

       -fdump-tree-switch (C++ only)
       -fdump-tree-switch-options (C++ only)
	   Control the dumping at various stages of processing
	   the intermediate language tree to a file.  The file
	   name is generated by appending a switch specific suf-
	   fix to the source file name.	 If the -options form is
	   used, options is a list of - separated options that
	   control the details of the dump. Not all options are
	   applicable to all dumps, those which are not meaning-
	   ful will be ignored. The following options are avail-
	   able

	   address
	       Print the address of each node.	Usually this is
	       not meaningful as it changes according to the
	       environment and source file. Its primary use is
	       for tying up a dump file with a debug environment.

	   slim
	       Inhibit dumping of members of a scope or body of a
	       function merely because that scope has been
	       reached. Only dump such items when they are
	       directly reachable by some other path.

	   all Turn on all options.

	   The following tree dumps are possible:

	   original
	       Dump before any tree based optimization, to
	       file.original.

	   optimized
	       Dump after all tree based optimization, to
	       file.optimized.

	   inlined
	       Dump after function inlining, to file.inlined.

       -fsched-verbose=n
	   On targets that use instruction scheduling, this
	   option controls the amount of debugging output the
	   scheduler prints.  This information is written to
	   standard error, unless -dS or -dR is specified, in
	   which case it is output to the usual dump listing
	   file, .sched or .sched2 respectively.  However for n
	   greater than nine, the output is always printed to
	   standard error.

	   For n greater than zero, -fsched-verbose outputs the
	   same information as -dRS.  For n greater than one, it
	   also output basic block probabilities, detailed ready
	   list information and unit/insn info.	 For n greater
	   than two, it includes RTL at abort point, control-flow
	   and regions info.  And for n over four, -fsched-ver-
	   bose also includes dependence info.

       -save-temps
	   Store the usual ``temporary'' intermediate files per-
	   manently; place them in the current directory and name
	   them based on the source file.  Thus, compiling foo.c
	   with -c -save-temps would produce files foo.i and
	   foo.s, as well as foo.o.  This creates a preprocessed
	   foo.i output file even though the compiler now nor-
	   mally uses an integrated preprocessor.

       -time
	   Report the CPU time taken by each subprocess in the
	   compilation sequence.  For C source files, this is the
	   compiler proper and assembler (plus the linker if
	   linking is done).  The output looks like this:

		   # cc1 0.12 0.01
		   # as 0.00 0.01

	   The first number on each line is the ``user time,''
	   that is time spent executing the program itself.  The
	   second number is ``system time,'' time spent executing
	   operating system routines on behalf of the program.
	   Both numbers are in seconds.

       -print-file-name=library
	   Print the full absolute name of the library file
	   library that would be used when linking---and don't do
	   anything else.  With this option, GCC does not compile
	   or link anything; it just prints the file name.

       -print-multi-directory
	   Print the directory name corresponding to the multilib
	   selected by any other switches present in the command
	   line.  This directory is supposed to exist in
	   GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.

       -print-multi-lib
	   Print the mapping from multilib directory names to
	   compiler switches that enable them.	The directory
	   name is separated from the switches by ;, and each
	   switch starts with an @} instead of the @samp{-, with-
	   out spaces between multiple switches.  This is sup-
	   posed to ease shell-processing.

       -print-prog-name=program
	   Like -print-file-name, but searches for a program such
	   as cpp.

       -print-libgcc-file-name
	   Same as -print-file-name=libgcc.a.

	   This is useful when you use -nostdlib or -nodefault-
	   libs but you do want to link with libgcc.a.	You can
	   do

		   gcc -nostdlib <files>... `gcc -print-libgcc-file-name`

       -print-search-dirs
	   Print the name of the configured installation direc-
	   tory and a list of program and library directories gcc
	   will search---and don't do anything else.

	   This is useful when gcc prints the error message
	   installation problem, cannot exec cpp0: No such file
	   or directory.  To resolve this you either need to put
	   cpp0 and the other compiler components where gcc
	   expects to find them, or you can set the environment
	   variable GCC_EXEC_PREFIX to the directory where you
	   installed them.  Don't forget the trailing '/'.

       -dumpmachine
	   Print the compiler's target machine (for example,
	   i686-pc-linux-gnu)---and don't do anything else.

       -dumpversion
	   Print the compiler version (for example, 3.0)---and
	   don't do anything else.

       -dumpspecs
	   Print the compiler's built-in specs---and don't do
	   anything else.  (This is used when GCC itself is being
	   built.)

       Options That Control Optimization

       These options control various sorts of optimizations.

       Without any optimization option, the compiler's goal is to
       reduce the cost of compilation and to make debugging
       produce the expected results.  Statements are independent:
       if you stop the program with a breakpoint between state-
       ments, you can then assign a new value to any variable or
       change the program counter to any other statement in the
       function and get exactly the results you would expect from
       the source code.

       Turning on optimization flags makes the compiler attempt
       to improve the performance and/or code size at the expense
       of compilation time and possibly the ability to debug the
       program.

       Not all optimizations are controlled directly by a flag.
       Only optimizations that have a flag are listed.

       -O
       -O1 Optimize.  Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more
	   time, and a lot more memory for a large function.

	   With -O, the compiler tries to reduce code size and
	   execution time, without performing any optimizations
	   that take a great deal of compilation time.

	   -O turns on the following optimization flags: -fde-
	   fer-pop -fmerge-constants -fthread-jumps -floop-opti-
	   mize -fcrossjumping -fif-conversion -fif-conversion2
	   -fdelayed-branch -fguess-branch-probability
	   -fcprop-registers

	   -O also turns on -fomit-frame-pointer on machines
	   where doing so does not interfere with debugging.

       -O2 Optimize even more.	GCC performs nearly all supported
	   optimizations that do not involve a space-speed trade-
	   off.	 The compiler does not perform loop unrolling or
	   function inlining when you specify -O2.  As compared
	   to -O, this option increases both compilation time and
	   the performance of the generated code.

	   -O2 turns on all optimization flags specified by -O.
	   It also turns on the following optimization flags:
	   -fforce-mem -foptimize-sibling-calls -fstrength-reduce
	   -fcse-follow-jumps  -fcse-skip-blocks -fre-
	   run-cse-after-loop  -frerun-loop-opt -fgcse
	   -fgcse-lm   -fgcse-sm -fdelete-null-pointer-checks
	   -fexpensive-optimizations -fregmove -fschedule-insns
	   -fschedule-insns2 -fsched-interblock -fsched-spec
	   -fcaller-saves -fpeephole2 -freorder-blocks	-fre-
	   order-functions -fstrict-aliasing -falign-functions
	   -falign-jumps -falign-loops	-falign-labels

	   Please note the warning under -fgcse about invoking
	   -O2 on programs that use computed gotos.

       -O3 Optimize yet more.  -O3 turns on all optimizations
	   specified by -O2 and also turns on the -finline-func-
	   tions and -frename-registers options.

       -O0 Do not optimize.  This is the default.

       -Os Optimize for size.  -Os enables all -O2 optimizations
	   that do not typically increase code size.  It also
	   performs further optimizations designed to reduce code
	   size.

	   -Os disables the following optimization flags:
	   -falign-functions  -falign-jumps  -falign-loops
	   -falign-labels  -freorder-blocks
	   -fprefetch-loop-arrays

	   If you use multiple -O options, with or without level
	   numbers, the last such option is the one that is
	   effective.

       Options of the form -fflag specify machine-independent
       flags.  Most flags have both positive and negative forms;
       the negative form of -ffoo would be -fno-foo.  In the
       table below, only one of the forms is listed---the one you
       typically will use.  You can figure out the other form by
       either removing no- or adding it.

       The following options control specific optimizations.
       They are either activated by -O options or are related to
       ones that are.  You can use the following flags in the
       rare cases when ``fine-tuning'' of optimizations to be
       performed is desired.

       -fno-default-inline
	   Do not make member functions inline by default merely
	   because they are defined inside the class scope (C++
	   only).  Otherwise, when you specify -O, member func-
	   tions defined inside class scope are compiled inline
	   by default; i.e., you don't need to add inline in
	   front of the member function name.

       -fno-defer-pop
	   Always pop the arguments to each function call as soon
	   as that function returns.  For machines which must pop
	   arguments after a function call, the compiler normally
	   lets arguments accumulate on the stack for several
	   function calls and pops them all at once.

	   Disabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fforce-mem
	   Force memory operands to be copied into registers
	   before doing arithmetic on them.  This produces better
	   code by making all memory references potential common
	   subexpressions.  When they are not common subexpres-
	   sions, instruction combination should eliminate the
	   separate register-load.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fforce-addr
	   Force memory address constants to be copied into reg-
	   isters before doing arithmetic on them.  This may pro-
	   duce better code just as -fforce-mem may.

       -fomit-frame-pointer
	   Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for func-
	   tions that don't need one.  This avoids the instruc-
	   tions to save, set up and restore frame pointers; it
	   also makes an extra register available in many func-
	   tions.  It also makes debugging impossible on some
	   machines.

	   On some machines, such as the VAX, this flag has no
	   effect, because the standard calling sequence automat-
	   ically handles the frame pointer and nothing is saved
	   by pretending it doesn't exist.  The machine-descrip-
	   tion macro "FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED" controls whether a
	   target machine supports this flag.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -foptimize-sibling-calls
	   Optimize sibling and tail recursive calls.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fno-inline
	   Don't pay attention to the "inline" keyword.	 Normally
	   this option is used to keep the compiler from expand-
	   ing any functions inline.  Note that if you are not
	   optimizing, no functions can be expanded inline.

       -finline-functions
	   Integrate all simple functions into their callers.
	   The compiler heuristically decides which functions are
	   simple enough to be worth integrating in this way.

	   If all calls to a given function are integrated, and
	   the function is declared "static", then the function
	   is normally not output as assembler code in its own
	   right.

	   Enabled at level -O3.

       -finline-limit=n
	   By default, gcc limits the size of functions that can
	   be inlined.	This flag allows the control of this
	   limit for functions that are explicitly marked as
	   inline (i.e., marked with the inline keyword or
	   defined within the class definition in c++).	 n is the
	   size of functions that can be inlined in number of
	   pseudo instructions (not counting parameter handling).
	   The default value of n is 600.  Increasing this value
	   can result in more inlined code at the cost of compi-
	   lation time and memory consumption.	Decreasing usu-
	   ally makes the compilation faster and less code will
	   be inlined (which presumably means slower programs).
	   This option is particularly useful for programs that
	   use inlining heavily such as those based on recursive
	   templates with C++.

	   Inlining is actually controlled by a number of parame-
	   ters, which may be specified individually by using
	   --param name=value.	The -finline-limit=n option sets
	   some of these parameters as follows:

	    @table @gcctabopt
	    @item max-inline-insns
	     is set to I<n>.
	    @item max-inline-insns-single
	     is set to I<n>/2.
	    @item max-inline-insns-auto
	     is set to I<n>/2.
	    @item min-inline-insns
	     is set to 130 or I<n>/4, whichever is smaller.
	    @item max-inline-insns-rtl
	     is set to I<n>.
	    @end table

	   Using -finline-limit=600 thus results in the default
	   settings for these parameters.  See below for a docu-
	   mentation of the individual parameters controlling
	   inlining.

	   Note: pseudo instruction represents, in this particu-
	   lar context, an abstract measurement of function's
	   size.  In no way, it represents a count of assembly
	   instructions and as such its exact meaning might
	   change from one release to an another.

       -fkeep-inline-functions
	   Even if all calls to a given function are integrated,
	   and the function is declared "static", nevertheless
	   output a separate run-time callable version of the
	   function.  This switch does not affect "extern inline"
	   functions.

       -fkeep-static-consts
	   Emit variables declared "static const" when optimiza-
	   tion isn't turned on, even if the variables aren't
	   referenced.

	   GCC enables this option by default.	If you want to
	   force the compiler to check if the variable was refer-
	   enced, regardless of whether or not optimization is
	   turned on, use the -fno-keep-static-consts option.

       -fmerge-constants
	   Attempt to merge identical constants (string constants
	   and floating point constants) across compilation
	   units.

	   This option is the default for optimized compilation
	   if the assembler and linker support it.  Use
	   -fno-merge-constants to inhibit this behavior.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fmerge-all-constants
	   Attempt to merge identical constants and identical
	   variables.

	   This option implies -fmerge-constants.  In addition to
	   -fmerge-constants this considers e.g. even constant
	   initialized arrays or initialized constant variables
	   with integral or floating point types.  Languages like
	   C or C++ require each non-automatic variable to have
	   distinct location, so using this option will result in
	   non-conforming behavior.

       -fno-branch-count-reg
	   Do not use ``decrement and branch'' instructions on a
	   count register, but instead generate a sequence of
	   instructions that decrement a register, compare it
	   against zero, then branch based upon the result.  This
	   option is only meaningful on architectures that sup-
	   port such instructions, which include x86, PowerPC,
	   IA-64 and S/390.

	   The default is -fbranch-count-reg, enabled when
	   -fstrength-reduce is enabled.

       -fno-function-cse
	   Do not put function addresses in registers; make each
	   instruction that calls a constant function contain the
	   function's address explicitly.

	   This option results in less efficient code, but some
	   strange hacks that alter the assembler output may be
	   confused by the optimizations performed when this
	   option is not used.

	   The default is -ffunction-cse

       -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss
	   If the target supports a BSS section, GCC by default
	   puts variables that are initialized to zero into BSS.
	   This can save space in the resulting code.

	   This option turns off this behavior because some pro-
	   grams explicitly rely on variables going to the data
	   section.  E.g., so that the resulting executable can
	   find the beginning of that section and/or make assump-
	   tions based on that.

	   The default is -fzero-initialized-in-bss.

       -fstrength-reduce
	   Perform the optimizations of loop strength reduction
	   and elimination of iteration variables.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fthread-jumps
	   Perform optimizations where we check to see if a jump
	   branches to a location where another comparison sub-
	   sumed by the first is found.	 If so, the first branch
	   is redirected to either the destination of the second
	   branch or a point immediately following it, depending
	   on whether the condition is known to be true or false.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fcse-follow-jumps
	   In common subexpression elimination, scan through jump
	   instructions when the target of the jump is not
	   reached by any other path.  For example, when CSE
	   encounters an "if" statement with an "else" clause,
	   CSE will follow the jump when the condition tested is
	   false.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fcse-skip-blocks
	   This is similar to -fcse-follow-jumps, but causes CSE
	   to follow jumps which conditionally skip over blocks.
	   When CSE encounters a simple "if" statement with no
	   else clause, -fcse-skip-blocks causes CSE to follow
	   the jump around the body of the "if".

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -frerun-cse-after-loop
	   Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop
	   optimizations has been performed.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -frerun-loop-opt
	   Run the loop optimizer twice.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fgcse
	   Perform a global common subexpression elimination
	   pass.  This pass also performs global constant and
	   copy propagation.

	   Note: When compiling a program using computed gotos, a
	   GCC extension, you may get better runtime performance
	   if you disable the global common subexpression elimi-
	   nation pass by adding -fno-gcse to the command line.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fgcse-lm
	   When -fgcse-lm is enabled, global common subexpression
	   elimination will attempt to move loads which are only
	   killed by stores into themselves.  This allows a loop
	   containing a load/store sequence to be changed to a
	   load outside the loop, and a copy/store within the
	   loop.

	   Enabled by default when gcse is enabled.

       -fgcse-sm
	   When -fgcse-sm is enabled, A store motion pass is run
	   after global common subexpression elimination.  This
	   pass will attempt to move stores out of loops.  When
	   used in conjunction with -fgcse-lm, loops containing a
	   load/store sequence can be changed to a load before
	   the loop and a store after the loop.

	   Enabled by default when gcse is enabled.

       -floop-optimize
	   Perform loop optimizations: move constant expressions
	   out of loops, simplify exit test conditions and
	   optionally do strength-reduction and loop unrolling as
	   well.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fcrossjumping
	   Perform cross-jumping transformation. This transforma-
	   tion unifies equivalent code and save code size. The
	   resulting code may or may not perform better than
	   without cross-jumping.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fif-conversion
	   Attempt to transform conditional jumps into branch-
	   less equivalents.  This include use of conditional
	   moves, min, max, set flags and abs instructions, and
	   some tricks doable by standard arithmetics.	The use
	   of conditional execution on chips where it is avail-
	   able is controlled by "if-conversion2".

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fif-conversion2
	   Use conditional execution (where available) to trans-
	   form conditional jumps into branch-less equivalents.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fdelete-null-pointer-checks
	   Use global dataflow analysis to identify and eliminate
	   useless checks for null pointers.  The compiler
	   assumes that dereferencing a null pointer would have
	   halted the program.	If a pointer is checked after it
	   has already been dereferenced, it cannot be null.

	   In some environments, this assumption is not true, and
	   programs can safely dereference null pointers.  Use
	   -fno-delete-null-pointer-checks to disable this opti-
	   mization for programs which depend on that behavior.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fexpensive-optimizations
	   Perform a number of minor optimizations that are rela-
	   tively expensive.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -foptimize-register-move
       -fregmove
	   Attempt to reassign register numbers in move instruc-
	   tions and as operands of other simple instructions in
	   order to maximize the amount of register tying.  This
	   is especially helpful on machines with two-operand
	   instructions.

	   Note -fregmove and -foptimize-register-move are the
	   same optimization.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fdelayed-branch
	   If supported for the target machine, attempt to
	   reorder instructions to exploit instruction slots
	   available after delayed branch instructions.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fschedule-insns
	   If supported for the target machine, attempt to
	   reorder instructions to eliminate execution stalls due
	   to required data being unavailable.	This helps
	   machines that have slow floating point or memory load
	   instructions by allowing other instructions to be
	   issued until the result of the load or floating point
	   instruction is required.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fschedule-insns2
	   Similar to -fschedule-insns, but requests an addi-
	   tional pass of instruction scheduling after register
	   allocation has been done.  This is especially useful
	   on machines with a relatively small number of regis-
	   ters and where memory load instructions take more than
	   one cycle.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fno-sched-interblock
	   Don't schedule instructions across basic blocks.  This
	   is normally enabled by default when scheduling before
	   register allocation, i.e.  with -fschedule-insns or at
	   -O2 or higher.

       -fno-sched-spec
	   Don't allow speculative motion of non-load instruc-
	   tions.  This is normally enabled by default when
	   scheduling before register allocation, i.e.	with
	   -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.

       -fsched-spec-load
	   Allow speculative motion of some load instructions.
	   This only makes sense when scheduling before register
	   allocation, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or
	   higher.

       -fsched-spec-load-dangerous
	   Allow speculative motion of more load instructions.
	   This only makes sense when scheduling before register
	   allocation, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or
	   higher.

       -fcaller-saves
	   Enable values to be allocated in registers that will
	   be clobbered by function calls, by emitting extra
	   instructions to save and restore the registers around
	   such calls.	Such allocation is done only when it
	   seems to result in better code than would otherwise be
	   produced.

	   This option is always enabled by default on certain
	   machines, usually those which have no call-preserved
	   registers to use instead.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fmove-all-movables
	   Forces all invariant computations in loops to be moved
	   outside the loop.

       -freduce-all-givs
	   Forces all general-induction variables in loops to be
	   strength-reduced.

	   Note: When compiling programs written in Fortran,
	   -fmove-all-movables and -freduce-all-givs are enabled
	   by default when you use the optimizer.

	   These options may generate better or worse code;
	   results are highly dependent on the structure of loops
	   within the source code.

	   These two options are intended to be removed someday,
	   once they have helped determine the efficacy of vari-
	   ous approaches to improving loop optimizations.

	   Please let us (<gcc@gcc.gnu.org> and <for-
	   tran@gnu.org>) know how use of these options affects
	   the performance of your production code.  We're very
	   interested in code that runs slower when these options
	   are enabled.

       -fno-peephole
       -fno-peephole2
	   Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations.
	   The difference between -fno-peephole and -fno-peep-
	   hole2 is in how they are implemented in the compiler;
	   some targets use one, some use the other, a few use
	   both.

	   -fpeephole is enabled by default.  -fpeephole2 enabled
	   at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fbranch-probabilities
       -fno-guess-branch-probability
	   Do not guess branch probabilities using a randomized
	   model.

	   Sometimes gcc will opt to use a randomized model to
	   guess branch probabilities, when none are available
	   from either profiling feedback (-fprofile-arcs) or
	   __builtin_expect.  This means that different runs of
	   the compiler on the same program may produce different
	   object code.

	   In a hard real-time system, people don't want differ-
	   ent runs of the compiler to produce code that has dif-
	   ferent behavior; minimizing non-determinism is of
	   paramount import.  This switch allows users to reduce
	   non-determinism, possibly at the expense of inferior
	   optimization.

	   The default is -fguess-branch-probability at levels
	   -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -freorder-blocks
	   Reorder basic blocks in the compiled function in order
	   to reduce number of taken branches and improve code
	   locality.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -freorder-functions
	   Reorder basic blocks in the compiled function in order
	   to reduce number of taken branches and improve code
	   locality. This is implemented by using special subsec-
	   tions "text.hot" for most frequently executed func-
	   tions and "text.unlikely" for unlikely executed func-
	   tions.  Reordering is done by the linker so object
	   file format must support named sections and linker
	   must place them in a reasonable way.

	   Also profile feedback must be available in to make
	   this option effective.  See -fprofile-arcs for
	   details.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fstrict-aliasing
	   Allows the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing
	   rules applicable to the language being compiled.  For
	   C (and C++), this activates optimizations based on the
	   type of expressions.	 In particular, an object of one
	   type is assumed never to reside at the same address as
	   an object of a different type, unless the types are
	   almost the same.  For example, an "unsigned int" can
	   alias an "int", but not a "void*" or a "double".  A
	   character type may alias any other type.

	   Pay special attention to code like this:

		   union a_union {
		     int i;
		     double d;
		   };

		   int f() {
		     a_union t;
		     t.d = 3.0;
		     return t.i;
		   }

	   The practice of reading from a different union member
	   than the one most recently written to (called
	   ``type-punning'') is common.	 Even with
	   -fstrict-aliasing, type-punning is allowed, provided
	   the memory is accessed through the union type.  So,
	   the code above will work as expected.  However, this
	   code might not:

		   int f() {
		     a_union t;
		     int* ip;
		     t.d = 3.0;
		     ip = &t.i;
		     return *ip;
		   }

	   Every language that wishes to perform language-spe-
	   cific alias analysis should define a function that
	   computes, given an "tree" node, an alias set for the
	   node.  Nodes in different alias sets are not allowed
	   to alias.  For an example, see the C front-end func-
	   tion "c_get_alias_set".

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -falign-functions
       -falign-functions=n
	   Align the start of functions to the next power-of-two
	   greater than n, skipping up to n bytes.  For instance,
	   -falign-functions=32 aligns functions to the next
	   32-byte boundary, but -falign-functions=24 would align
	   to the next 32-byte boundary only if this can be done
	   by skipping 23 bytes or less.

	   -fno-align-functions and -falign-functions=1 are
	   equivalent and mean that functions will not be
	   aligned.

	   Some assemblers only support this flag when n is a
	   power of two; in that case, it is rounded up.

	   If n is not specified, use a machine-dependent
	   default.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -falign-labels
       -falign-labels=n
	   Align all branch targets to a power-of-two boundary,
	   skipping up to n bytes like -falign-functions.  This
	   option can easily make code slower, because it must
	   insert dummy operations for when the branch target is
	   reached in the usual flow of the code.

	   If -falign-loops or -falign-jumps are applicable and
	   are greater than this value, then their values are
	   used instead.

	   If n is not specified, use a machine-dependent default
	   which is very likely to be 1, meaning no alignment.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -falign-loops
       -falign-loops=n
	   Align loops to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to
	   n bytes like -falign-functions.  The hope is that the
	   loop will be executed many times, which will make up
	   for any execution of the dummy operations.

	   If n is not specified, use a machine-dependent
	   default.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -falign-jumps
       -falign-jumps=n
	   Align branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, for
	   branch targets where the targets can only be reached
	   by jumping, skipping up to n bytes like -falign-func-
	   tions.  In this case, no dummy operations need be exe-
	   cuted.

	   If n is not specified, use a machine-dependent
	   default.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -frename-registers
	   Attempt to avoid false dependencies in scheduled code
	   by making use of registers left over after register
	   allocation.	This optimization will most benefit pro-
	   cessors with lots of registers.  It can, however, make
	   debugging impossible, since variables will no longer
	   stay in a ``home register''.

	   Enabled at levels -O3.

       -fno-cprop-registers
	   After register allocation and post-register allocation
	   instruction splitting, we perform a copy-propagation
	   pass to try to reduce scheduling dependencies and
	   occasionally eliminate the copy.

	   Disabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       The following options control compiler behavior regarding
       floating point arithmetic.  These options trade off
       between speed and correctness.  All must be specifically
       enabled.

       -ffloat-store
	   Do not store floating point variables in registers,
	   and inhibit other options that might change whether a
	   floating point value is taken from a register or mem-
	   ory.

	   This option prevents undesirable excess precision on
	   machines such as the 68000 where the floating regis-
	   ters (of the 68881) keep more precision than a "dou-
	   ble" is supposed to have.  Similarly for the x86
	   architecture.  For most programs, the excess precision
	   does only good, but a few programs rely on the precise
	   definition of IEEE floating point.  Use -ffloat-store
	   for such programs, after modifying them to store all
	   pertinent intermediate computations into variables.

       -ffast-math
	   Sets -fno-math-errno, -funsafe-math-optimizations,
	   -fno-trapping-math, -ffinite-math-only and -fno-sig-
	   naling-nans.

	   This option causes the preprocessor macro
	   "__FAST_MATH__" to be defined.

	   This option should never be turned on by any -O option
	   since it can result in incorrect output for programs
	   which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO
	   rules/specifications for math functions.

       -fno-math-errno
	   Do not set ERRNO after calling math functions that are
	   executed with a single instruction, e.g., sqrt.  A
	   program that relies on IEEE exceptions for math error
	   handling may want to use this flag for speed while
	   maintaining IEEE arithmetic compatibility.

	   This option should never be turned on by any -O option
	   since it can result in incorrect output for programs
	   which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO
	   rules/specifications for math functions.

	   The default is -fmath-errno.

       -funsafe-math-optimizations
	   Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that
	   (a) assume that arguments and results are valid and
	   (b) may violate IEEE or ANSI standards.  When used at
	   link-time, it may include libraries or startup files
	   that change the default FPU control word or other sim-
	   ilar optimizations.

	   This option should never be turned on by any -O option
	   since it can result in incorrect output for programs
	   which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO
	   rules/specifications for math functions.

	   The default is -fno-unsafe-math-optimizations.

       -ffinite-math-only
	   Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that
	   assume that arguments and results are not NaNs or
	   +-Infs.

	   This option should never be turned on by any -O option
	   since it can result in incorrect output for programs
	   which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO
	   rules/specifications.

	   The default is -fno-finite-math-only.

       -fno-trapping-math
	   Compile code assuming that floating-point operations
	   cannot generate user-visible traps.	These traps
	   include division by zero, overflow, underflow, inexact
	   result and invalid operation.  This option implies
	   -fno-signaling-nans.	 Setting this option may allow
	   faster code if one relies on ``non-stop'' IEEE arith-
	   metic, for example.

	   This option should never be turned on by any -O option
	   since it can result in incorrect output for programs
	   which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO
	   rules/specifications for math functions.

	   The default is -ftrapping-math.

       -fsignaling-nans
	   Compile code assuming that IEEE signaling NaNs may
	   generate user-visible traps during floating-point
	   operations.	Setting this option disables optimiza-
	   tions that may change the number of exceptions visible
	   with signaling NaNs.	 This option implies -ftrap-
	   ping-math.

	   This option causes the preprocessor macro "__SUP-
	   PORT_SNAN__" to be defined.

	   The default is -fno-signaling-nans.

	   This option is experimental and does not currently
	   guarantee to disable all GCC optimizations that affect
	   signaling NaN behavior.

       -fsingle-precision-constant
	   Treat floating point constant as single precision con-
	   stant instead of implicitly converting it to double
	   precision constant.

       The following options control optimizations that may
       improve performance, but are not enabled by any -O
       options.	 This section includes experimental options that
       may produce broken code.

       -fbranch-probabilities
	   After running a program compiled with -fprofile-arcs,
	   you can compile it a second time using -fbranch-proba-
	   bilities, to improve optimizations based on the number
	   of times each branch was taken.  When the program com-
	   piled with -fprofile-arcs exits it saves arc execution
	   counts to a file called sourcename.da for each source
	   file	 The information in this data file is very depen-
	   dent on the structure of the generated code, so you
	   must use the same source code and the same optimiza-
	   tion options for both compilations.

	   With -fbranch-probabilities, GCC puts a REG_BR_PROB
	   note on each JUMP_INSN and CALL_INSN.  These can be
	   used to improve optimization.  Currently, they are
	   only used in one place: in reorg.c, instead of guess-
	   ing which path a branch is mostly to take, the
	   REG_BR_PROB values are used to exactly determine which
	   path is taken more often.

       -fnew-ra
	   Use a graph coloring register allocator.  Currently
	   this option is meant for testing, so we are interested
	   to hear about miscompilations with -fnew-ra.

       -ftracer
	   Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size.
	   This transformation simplifies the control flow of the
	   function allowing other optimizations to do better
	   job.

       -funroll-loops
	   Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be deter-
	   mined at compile time or upon entry to the loop.
	   -funroll-loops implies both -fstrength-reduce and
	   -frerun-cse-after-loop.  This option makes code
	   larger, and may or may not make it run faster.

       -funroll-all-loops
	   Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations
	   is uncertain when the loop is entered.  This usually
	   makes programs run more slowly.  -funroll-all-loops
	   implies the same options as -funroll-loops,

       -fprefetch-loop-arrays
	   If supported by the target machine, generate instruc-
	   tions to prefetch memory to improve the performance of
	   loops that access large arrays.

	   Disabled at level -Os.

       -ffunction-sections
       -fdata-sections
	   Place each function or data item into its own section
	   in the output file if the target supports arbitrary
	   sections.  The name of the function or the name of the
	   data item determines the section's name in the output
	   file.

	   Use these options on systems where the linker can per-
	   form optimizations to improve locality of reference in
	   the instruction space.  Most systems using the ELF
	   object format and SPARC processors running Solaris 2
	   have linkers with such optimizations.  AIX may have
	   these optimizations in the future.

	   Only use these options when there are significant ben-
	   efits from doing so.	 When you specify these options,
	   the assembler and linker will create larger object and
	   executable files and will also be slower.  You will
	   not be able to use "gprof" on all systems if you spec-
	   ify this option and you may have problems with debug-
	   ging if you specify both this option and -g.

       -fssa
	   Perform optimizations in static single assignment
	   form.  Each function's flow graph is translated into
	   SSA form, optimizations are performed, and the flow
	   graph is translated back from SSA form.  Users should
	   not specify this option, since it is not yet ready for
	   production use.

       -fssa-ccp
	   Perform Sparse Conditional Constant Propagation in SSA
	   form.  Requires -fssa.  Like -fssa, this is an experi-
	   mental feature.

       -fssa-dce
	   Perform aggressive dead-code elimination in SSA form.
	   Requires -fssa.  Like -fssa, this is an experimental
	   feature.

       --param name=value
	   In some places, GCC uses various constants to control
	   the amount of optimization that is done.  For example,
	   GCC will not inline functions that contain more that a
	   certain number of instructions.  You can control some
	   of these constants on the command-line using the
	   --param option.

	   In each case, the value is an integer.  The allowable
	   choices for name are given in the following table:

	   max-crossjump-edges
	       The maximum number of incoming edges to consider
	       for crossjumping.  The algorithm used by
	       -fcrossjumping is O(N^2) in the number of edges
	       incoming to each block.	Increasing values mean
	       more aggressive optimization, making the compile
	       time increase with probably small improvement in
	       executable size.

	   max-delay-slot-insn-search
	       The maximum number of instructions to consider
	       when looking for an instruction to fill a delay
	       slot.  If more than this arbitrary number of
	       instructions is searched, the time savings from
	       filling the delay slot will be minimal so stop
	       searching.  Increasing values mean more aggressive
	       optimization, making the compile time increase
	       with probably small improvement in executable run
	       time.

	   max-delay-slot-live-search
	       When trying to fill delay slots, the maximum num-
	       ber of instructions to consider when searching for
	       a block with valid live register information.
	       Increasing this arbitrarily chosen value means
	       more aggressive optimization, increasing the com-
	       pile time.  This parameter should be removed when
	       the delay slot code is rewritten to maintain the
	       control-flow graph.

	   max-gcse-memory
	       The approximate maximum amount of memory that will
	       be allocated in order to perform the global common
	       subexpression elimination optimization.	If more
	       memory than specified is required, the optimiza-
	       tion will not be done.

	   max-gcse-passes
	       The maximum number of passes of GCSE to run.

	   max-pending-list-length
	       The maximum number of pending dependencies
	       scheduling will allow before flushing the current
	       state and starting over.	 Large functions with few
	       branches or calls can create excessively large
	       lists which needlessly consume memory and
	       resources.

	   max-inline-insns-single
	       Several parameters control the tree inliner used
	       in gcc.	This number sets the maximum number of
	       instructions (counted in gcc's internal represen-
	       tation) in a single function that the tree inliner
	       will consider for inlining.  This only affects
	       functions declared inline and methods implemented
	       in a class declaration (C++).  The default value
	       is 300.

	   max-inline-insns-auto
	       When you use -finline-functions (included in -O3),
	       a lot of functions that would otherwise not be
	       considered for inlining by the compiler will be
	       investigated.  To those functions, a different
	       (more restrictive) limit compared to functions
	       declared inline can be applied.	The default value
	       is 300.

	   max-inline-insns
	       The tree inliner does decrease the allowable size
	       for single functions to be inlined after we
	       already inlined the number of instructions given
	       here by repeated inlining.  This number should be
	       a factor of two or more larger than the single
	       function limit.	Higher numbers result in better
	       runtime performance, but incur higher compile-time
	       resource (CPU time, memory) requirements and
	       result in larger binaries.  Very high values are
	       not advisable, as too large binaries may adversely
	       affect runtime performance.  The default value is
	       600.

	   max-inline-slope
	       After exceeding the maximum number of inlined
	       instructions by repeated inlining, a linear func-
	       tion is used to decrease the allowable size for
	       single functions.  The slope of that function is
	       the negative reciprocal of the number specified
	       here.  The default value is 32.

	   min-inline-insns
	       The repeated inlining is throttled more and more
	       by the linear function after exceeding the limit.
	       To avoid too much throttling, a minimum for this
	       function is specified here to allow repeated
	       inlining for very small functions even when a lot
	       of repeated inlining already has been done.  The
	       default value is 130.

	   max-inline-insns-rtl
	       For languages that use the RTL inliner (this hap-
	       pens at a later stage than tree inlining), you can
	       set the maximum allowable size (counted in RTL
	       instructions) for the RTL inliner with this param-
	       eter.  The default value is 600.

	   max-unrolled-insns
	       The maximum number of instructions that a loop
	       should have if that loop is unrolled, and if the
	       loop is unrolled, it determines how many times the
	       loop code is unrolled.

	   hot-bb-count-fraction
	       Select fraction of the maximal count of repeti-
	       tions of basic block in program given basic block
	       needs to have to be considered hot.

	   hot-bb-frequency-fraction
	       Select fraction of the maximal frequency of execu-
	       tions of basic block in function given basic block
	       needs to have to be considered hot

	   tracer-dynamic-coverage
	   tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback
	       This value is used to limit superblock formation
	       once the given percentage of executed instructions
	       is covered.  This limits unnecessary code size
	       expansion.

	       The tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback is used only
	       when profile feedback is available.  The real pro-
	       files (as opposed to statically estimated ones)
	       are much less balanced allowing the threshold to
	       be larger value.

	   tracer-max-code-growth
	       Stop tail duplication once code growth has reached
	       given percentage.  This is rather hokey argument,
	       as most of the duplicates will be eliminated later
	       in cross jumping, so it may be set to much higher
	       values than is the desired code growth.

	   tracer-min-branch-ratio
	       Stop reverse growth when the reverse probability
	       of best edge is less than this threshold (in per-
	       cent).

	   tracer-min-branch-ratio
	   tracer-min-branch-ratio-feedback
	       Stop forward growth if the best edge do have prob-
	       ability lower than this threshold.

	       Similarly to tracer-dynamic-coverage two values
	       are present, one for compilation for profile feed-
	       back and one for compilation without.  The value
	       for compilation with profile feedback needs to be
	       more conservative (higher) in order to make tracer
	       effective.

	   ggc-min-expand
	       GCC uses a garbage collector to manage its own
	       memory allocation.  This parameter specifies the
	       minimum percentage by which the garbage collec-
	       tor's heap should be allowed to expand between
	       collections.  Tuning this may improve compilation
	       speed; it has no effect on code generation.

	       The default is 30% + 70% * (RAM/1GB) with an upper
	       bound of 100% when RAM >= 1GB.  If "getrlimit" is
	       available, the notion of "RAM" is the smallest of
	       actual RAM, RLIMIT_RSS, RLIMIT_DATA and RLIMIT_AS.
	       If GCC is not able to calculate RAM on a particu-
	       lar platform, the lower bound of 30% is used.
	       Setting this parameter and ggc-min-heapsize to
	       zero causes a full collection to occur at every
	       opportunity.  This is extremely slow, but can be
	       useful for debugging.

	   ggc-min-heapsize
	       Minimum size of the garbage collector's heap
	       before it begins bothering to collect garbage.
	       The first collection occurs after the heap expands
	       by ggc-min-expand% beyond ggc-min-heapsize.
	       Again, tuning this may improve compilation speed,
	       and has no effect on code generation.

	       The default is RAM/8, with a lower bound of 4096
	       (four megabytes) and an upper bound of 131072 (128
	       megabytes).  If "getrlimit" is available, the
	       notion of "RAM" is the smallest of actual RAM,
	       RLIMIT_RSS, RLIMIT_DATA and RLIMIT_AS.  If GCC is
	       not able to calculate RAM on a particular plat-
	       form, the lower bound is used.  Setting this
	       parameter very large effectively disables garbage
	       collection.  Setting this parameter and ggc-min-
	       expand to zero causes a full collection to occur
	       at every opportunity.

       Options Controlling the Preprocessor

       These options control the C preprocessor, which is run on
       each C source file before actual compilation.

       If you use the -E option, nothing is done except prepro-
       cessing.	 Some of these options make sense only together
       with -E because they cause the preprocessor output to be
       unsuitable for actual compilation.

       You can use -Wp,option to bypass the compiler driver and
       pass option directly through to the preprocessor.  If
       option contains commas, it is split into multiple options
       at the commas.  However, many options are modified, trans-
       lated or interpreted by the compiler driver before being
       passed to the preprocessor, and -Wp forcibly bypasses this
       phase.  The preprocessor's direct interface is undocu-
       mented and subject to change, so whenever possible you
       should avoid using -Wp and let the driver handle the
       options instead.

       -D name
	   Predefine name as a macro, with definition 1.

       -D name=definition
	   Predefine name as a macro, with definition definition.
	   There are no restrictions on the contents of defini-
	   tion, but if you are invoking the preprocessor from a
	   shell or shell-like program you may need to use the
	   shell's quoting syntax to protect characters such as
	   spaces that have a meaning in the shell syntax.

	   If you wish to define a function-like macro on the
	   command line, write its argument list with surrounding
	   parentheses before the equals sign (if any).	 Paren-
	   theses are meaningful to most shells, so you will need
	   to quote the option.	 With sh and csh,
	   -D'name(args...)=definition' works.

	   -D and -U options are processed in the order they are
	   given on the command line.  All -imacros file and
	   -include file options are processed after all -D and
	   -U options.

       -U name
	   Cancel any previous definition of name, either built
	   in or provided with a -D option.

       -undef
	   Do not predefine any system-specific macros.	 The com-
	   mon predefined macros remain defined.

       -I dir
	   Add the directory dir to the list of directories to be
	   searched for header files.  Directories named by -I
	   are searched before the standard system include direc-
	   tories.  If the directory dir is a standard system
	   include directory, the option is ignored to ensure
	   that the default search order for system directories
	   and the special treatment of system headers are not
	   defeated .

       -o file
	   Write output to file.  This is the same as specifying
	   file as the second non-option argument to cpp.  gcc
	   has a different interpretation of a second non-option
	   argument, so you must use -o to specify the output
	   file.

       -Wall
	   Turns on all optional warnings which are desirable for
	   normal code.	 At present this is -Wcomment and -Wtri-
	   graphs.  Note that many of the preprocessor's warnings
	   are on by default and have no options to control them.

       -Wcomment
       -Wcomments
	   Warn whenever a comment-start sequence /* appears in a
	   /* comment, or whenever a backslash-newline appears in
	   a // comment.  (Both forms have the same effect.)

       -Wtrigraphs
	   Warn if any trigraphs are encountered.  This option
	   used to take effect only if -trigraphs was also speci-
	   fied, but now works independently.  Warnings are not
	   given for trigraphs within comments, as they do not
	   affect the meaning of the program.

       -Wtraditional
	   Warn about certain constructs that behave differently
	   in traditional and ISO C.  Also warn about ISO C con-
	   structs that have no traditional C equivalent, and
	   problematic constructs which should be avoided.

       -Wimport
	   Warn the first time #import is used.

       -Wundef
	   Warn whenever an identifier which is not a macro is
	   encountered in an #if directive, outside of defined.
	   Such identifiers are replaced with zero.

       -Wunused-macros
	   Warn about macros defined in the main file that are
	   unused.  A macro is used if it is expanded or tested
	   for existence at least once.	 The preprocessor will
	   also warn if the macro has not been used at the time
	   it is redefined or undefined.

	   Built-in macros, macros defined on the command line,
	   and macros defined in include files are not warned
	   about.

	   Note: If a macro is actually used, but only used in
	   skipped conditional blocks, then CPP will report it as
	   unused.  To avoid the warning in such a case, you
	   might improve the scope of the macro's definition by,
	   for example, moving it into the first skipped block.
	   Alternatively, you could provide a dummy use with
	   something like:

		   #if defined the_macro_causing_the_warning
		   #endif

       -Wendif-labels
	   Warn whenever an #else or an #endif are followed by
	   text.  This usually happens in code of the form

		   #if FOO
		   ...
		   #else FOO
		   ...
		   #endif FOO

	   The second and third "FOO" should be in comments, but
	   often are not in older programs.  This warning is on
	   by default.

       -Werror
	   Make all warnings into hard errors.	Source code which
	   triggers warnings will be rejected.

       -Wsystem-headers
	   Issue warnings for code in system headers.  These are
	   normally unhelpful in finding bugs in your own code,
	   therefore suppressed.  If you are responsible for the
	   system library, you may want to see them.

       -w  Suppress all warnings, including those which GNU CPP
	   issues by default.

       -pedantic
	   Issue all the mandatory diagnostics listed in the C
	   standard.  Some of them are left out by default, since
	   they trigger frequently on harmless code.

       -pedantic-errors
	   Issue all the mandatory diagnostics, and make all
	   mandatory diagnostics into errors.  This includes
	   mandatory diagnostics that GCC issues without -pedan-
	   tic but treats as warnings.

       -M  Instead of outputting the result of preprocessing,
	   output a rule suitable for make describing the depen-
	   dencies of the main source file.  The preprocessor
	   outputs one make rule containing the object file name
	   for that source file, a colon, and the names of all
	   the included files, including those coming from
	   -include or -imacros command line options.

	   Unless specified explicitly (with -MT or -MQ), the
	   object file name consists of the basename of the
	   source file with any suffix replaced with object file
	   suffix.  If there are many included files then the
	   rule is split into several lines using \-newline.  The
	   rule has no commands.

	   This option does not suppress the preprocessor's debug
	   output, such as -dM.	 To avoid mixing such debug out-
	   put with the dependency rules you should explicitly
	   specify the dependency output file with -MF, or use an
	   environment variable like DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT.  Debug
	   output will still be sent to the regular output stream
	   as normal.

	   Passing -M to the driver implies -E, and suppresses
	   warnings with an implicit -w.

       -MM Like -M but do not mention header files that are found
	   in system header directories, nor header files that
	   are included, directly or indirectly, from such a
	   header.

	   This implies that the choice of angle brackets or
	   double quotes in an #include directive does not in
	   itself determine whether that header will appear in
	   -MM dependency output.  This is a slight change in
	   semantics from GCC versions 3.0 and earlier.

       -MF file
	   @anchor{-MF} When used with -M or -MM, specifies a
	   file to write the dependencies to.  If no -MF switch
	   is given the preprocessor sends the rules to the same
	   place it would have sent preprocessed output.

	   When used with the driver options -MD or -MMD, -MF
	   overrides the default dependency output file.

       -MG In conjunction with an option such as -M requesting
	   dependency generation, -MG assumes missing header
	   files are generated files and adds them to the depen-
	   dency list without raising an error.	 The dependency
	   filename is taken directly from the "#include" direc-
	   tive without prepending any path.  -MG also suppresses
	   preprocessed output, as a missing header file renders
	   this useless.

	   This feature is used in automatic updating of make-
	   files.

       -MP This option instructs CPP to add a phony target for
	   each dependency other than the main file, causing each
	   to depend on nothing.  These dummy rules work around
	   errors make gives if you remove header files without
	   updating the Makefile to match.

	   This is typical output:

		   test.o: test.c test.h

		   test.h:

       -MT target
	   Change the target of the rule emitted by dependency
	   generation.	By default CPP takes the name of the main
	   input file, including any path, deletes any file suf-
	   fix such as .c, and appends the platform's usual
	   object suffix.  The result is the target.

	   An -MT option will set the target to be exactly the
	   string you specify.	If you want multiple targets, you
	   can specify them as a single argument to -MT, or use
	   multiple -MT options.

	   For example, -MT '$(objpfx)foo.o' might give

		   $(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c

       -MQ target
	   Same as -MT, but it quotes any characters which are
	   special to Make.  -MQ '$(objpfx)foo.o' gives

		   $$(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c

	   The default target is automatically quoted, as if it
	   were given with -MQ.

       -MD -MD is equivalent to -M -MF file, except that -E is
	   not implied.	 The driver determines file based on
	   whether an -o option is given.  If it is, the driver
	   uses its argument but with a suffix of .d, otherwise
	   it take the basename of the input file and applies a
	   .d suffix.

	   If -MD is used in conjunction with -E, any -o switch
	   is understood to specify the dependency output file
	   (but @pxref{-MF}), but if used without -E, each -o is
	   understood to specify a target object file.

	   Since -E is not implied, -MD can be used to generate a
	   dependency output file as a side-effect of the compi-
	   lation process.

       -MMD
	   Like -MD except mention only user header files, not
	   system -header files.

       -x c
       -x c++
       -x objective-c
       -x assembler-with-cpp
	   Specify the source language: C, C++, Objective-C, or
	   assembly.  This has nothing to do with standards con-
	   formance or extensions; it merely selects which base
	   syntax to expect.  If you give none of these options,
	   cpp will deduce the language from the extension of the
	   source file: .c, .cc, .m, or .S.  Some other common
	   extensions for C++ and assembly are also recognized.
	   If cpp does not recognize the extension, it will treat
	   the file as C; this is the most generic mode.

	   Note: Previous versions of cpp accepted a -lang option
	   which selected both the language and the standards
	   conformance level.  This option has been removed,
	   because it conflicts with the -l option.

       -std=standard
       -ansi
	   Specify the standard to which the code should conform.
	   Currently CPP knows about C and C++ standards; others
	   may be added in the future.

	   standard may be one of:

	   "iso9899:1990"
	   "c89"
	       The ISO C standard from 1990.  c89 is the custom-
	       ary shorthand for this version of the standard.

	       The -ansi option is equivalent to -std=c89.

	   "iso9899:199409"
	       The 1990 C standard, as amended in 1994.

	   "iso9899:1999"
	   "c99"
	   "iso9899:199x"
	   "c9x"
	       The revised ISO C standard, published in December
	       1999.  Before publication, this was known as C9X.

	   "gnu89"
	       The 1990 C standard plus GNU extensions.	 This is
	       the default.

	   "gnu99"
	   "gnu9x"
	       The 1999 C standard plus GNU extensions.

	   "c++98"
	       The 1998 ISO C++ standard plus amendments.

	   "gnu++98"
	       The same as -std=c++98 plus GNU extensions.  This
	       is the default for C++ code.

       -I- Split the include path.  Any directories specified
	   with -I options before -I- are searched only for head-
	   ers requested with "#include "file""; they are not
	   searched for "#include <file>".  If additional direc-
	   tories are specified with -I options after the -I-,
	   those directories are searched for all #include direc-
	   tives.

	   In addition, -I- inhibits the use of the directory of
	   the current file directory as the first search direc-
	   tory for "#include "file"".

       -nostdinc
	   Do not search the standard system directories for
	   header files.  Only the directories you have specified
	   with -I options (and the directory of the current
	   file, if appropriate) are searched.

       -nostdinc++
	   Do not search for header files in the C++-specific
	   standard directories, but do still search the other
	   standard directories.  (This option is used when
	   building the C++ library.)

       -include file
	   Process file as if "#include "file"" appeared as the
	   first line of the primary source file.  However, the
	   first directory searched for file is the preproces-
	   sor's working directory instead of the directory con-
	   taining the main source file.  If not found there, it
	   is searched for in the remainder of the "#include
	   "..."" search chain as normal.

	   If multiple -include options are given, the files are
	   included in the order they appear on the command line.

       -imacros file
	   Exactly like -include, except that any output produced
	   by scanning file is thrown away.  Macros it defines
	   remain defined.  This allows you to acquire all the
	   macros from a header without also processing its dec-
	   larations.

	   All files specified by -imacros are processed before
	   all files specified by -include.

       -idirafter dir
	   Search dir for header files, but do it after all
	   directories specified with -I and the standard system
	   directories have been exhausted.  dir is treated as a
	   system include directory.

       -iprefix prefix
	   Specify prefix as the prefix for subsequent -iwithpre-
	   fix options.	 If the prefix represents a directory,
	   you should include the final /.

       -iwithprefix dir
       -iwithprefixbefore dir
	   Append dir to the prefix specified previously with
	   -iprefix, and add the resulting directory to the
	   include search path.	 -iwithprefixbefore puts it in
	   the same place -I would; -iwithprefix puts it where
	   -idirafter would.

	   Use of these options is discouraged.

       -isystem dir
	   Search dir for header files, after all directories
	   specified by -I but before the standard system direc-
	   tories.  Mark it as a system directory, so that it
	   gets the same special treatment as is applied to the
	   standard system directories.

       -fpreprocessed
	   Indicate to the preprocessor that the input file has
	   already been preprocessed.  This suppresses things
	   like macro expansion, trigraph conversion, escaped
	   newline splicing, and processing of most directives.
	   The preprocessor still recognizes and removes com-
	   ments, so that you can pass a file preprocessed with
	   -C to the compiler without problems.	 In this mode the
	   integrated preprocessor is little more than a tok-
	   enizer for the front ends.

	   -fpreprocessed is implicit if the input file has one
	   of the extensions .i, .ii or .mi.  These are the
	   extensions that GCC uses for preprocessed files cre-
	   ated by -save-temps.

       -ftabstop=width
	   Set the distance between tab stops.	This helps the
	   preprocessor report correct column numbers in warnings
	   or errors, even if tabs appear on the line.	If the
	   value is less than 1 or greater than 100, the option
	   is ignored.	The default is 8.

       -fno-show-column
	   Do not print column numbers in diagnostics.	This may
	   be necessary if diagnostics are being scanned by a
	   program that does not understand the column numbers,
	   such as dejagnu.

       -A predicate=answer
	   Make an assertion with the predicate predicate and
	   answer answer.  This form is preferred to the older
	   form -A predicate(answer), which is still supported,
	   because it does not use shell special characters.

       -A -predicate=answer
	   Cancel an assertion with the predicate predicate and
	   answer answer.

       -dCHARS
	   CHARS is a sequence of one or more of the following
	   characters, and must not be preceded by a space.
	   Other characters are interpreted by the compiler
	   proper, or reserved for future versions of GCC, and so
	   are silently ignored.  If you specify characters whose
	   behavior conflicts, the result is undefined.

	   M   Instead of the normal output, generate a list of
	       #define directives for all the macros defined dur-
	       ing the execution of the preprocessor, including
	       predefined macros.  This gives you a way of find-
	       ing out what is predefined in your version of the
	       preprocessor.  Assuming you have no file foo.h,
	       the command

		       touch foo.h; cpp -dM foo.h

	       will show all the predefined macros.

	   D   Like M except in two respects: it does not include
	       the predefined macros, and it outputs both the
	       #define directives and the result of preprocess-
	       ing.  Both kinds of output go to the standard out-
	       put file.

	   N   Like D, but emit only the macro names, not their
	       expansions.

	   I   Output #include directives in addition to the
	       result of preprocessing.

       -P  Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from
	   the preprocessor.  This might be useful when running
	   the preprocessor on something that is not C code, and
	   will be sent to a program which might be confused by
	   the linemarkers.

       -C  Do not discard comments.  All comments are passed
	   through to the output file, except for comments in
	   processed directives, which are deleted along with the
	   directive.

	   You should be prepared for side effects when using -C;
	   it causes the preprocessor to treat comments as tokens
	   in their own right.	For example, comments appearing
	   at the start of what would be a directive line have
	   the effect of turning that line into an ordinary
	   source line, since the first token on the line is no
	   longer a #.

       -CC Do not discard comments, including during macro expan-
	   sion.  This is like -C, except that comments contained
	   within macros are also passed through to the output
	   file where the macro is expanded.

	   In addition to the side-effects of the -C option, the
	   -CC option causes all C++-style comments inside a
	   macro to be converted to C-style comments.  This is to
	   prevent later use of that macro from inadvertently
	   commenting out the remainder of the source line.

	   The -CC option is generally used to support lint com-
	   ments.

       -gcc
	   Define the macros __GNUC__, __GNUC_MINOR__ and
	   __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__.	 These are defined automatically
	   when you use gcc -E; you can turn them off in that
	   case with -no-gcc.

       -traditional-cpp
	   Try to imitate the behavior of old-fashioned C prepro-
	   cessors, as opposed to ISO C preprocessors.

       -trigraphs
	   Process trigraph sequences.	These are three-character
	   sequences, all starting with ??, that are defined by
	   ISO C to stand for single characters.  For example,
	   ??/ stands for \, so '??/n' is a character constant
	   for a newline.  By default, GCC ignores trigraphs, but
	   in standard-conforming modes it converts them.  See
	   the -std and -ansi options.

	   The nine trigraphs and their replacements are

		   Trigraph:	   ??(	??)  ??<  ??>  ??=  ??/	 ??'  ??!  ??-
		   Replacement:	     [	  ]    {    }	 #    \	   ^	|    ~

       -remap
	   Enable special code to work around file systems which
	   only permit very short file names, such as MS-DOS.

       --help
       --target-help
	   Print text describing all the command line options
	   instead of preprocessing anything.

       -v  Verbose mode.  Print out GNU CPP's version number at
	   the beginning of execution, and report the final form
	   of the include path.

       -H  Print the name of each header file used, in addition
	   to other normal activities.	Each name is indented to
	   show how deep in the #include stack it is.

       -version
       --version
	   Print out GNU CPP's version number.	With one dash,
	   proceed to preprocess as normal.  With two dashes,
	   exit immediately.

       Passing Options to the Assembler

       You can pass options to the assembler.

       -Wa,option
	   Pass option as an option to the assembler.  If option
	   contains commas, it is split into multiple options at
	   the commas.

       Options for Linking

       These options come into play when the compiler links
       object files into an executable output file.  They are
       meaningless if the compiler is not doing a link step.

       object-file-name
	   A file name that does not end in a special recognized
	   suffix is considered to name an object file or
	   library.  (Object files are distinguished from
	   libraries by the linker according to the file con-
	   tents.)  If linking is done, these object files are
	   used as input to the linker.

       -c
       -S
       -E  If any of these options is used, then the linker is
	   not run, and object file names should not be used as
	   arguments.

       -llibrary
       -l library
	   Search the library named library when linking.  (The
	   second alternative with the library as a separate
	   argument is only for POSIX compliance and is not rec-
	   ommended.)

	   It makes a difference where in the command you write
	   this option; the linker searches and processes
	   libraries and object files in the order they are spec-
	   ified.  Thus, foo.o -lz bar.o searches library z after
	   file foo.o but before bar.o.	 If bar.o refers to func-
	   tions in z, those functions may not be loaded.

	   The linker searches a standard list of directories for
	   the library, which is actually a file named libli-
	   brary.a.  The linker then uses this file as if it had
	   been specified precisely by name.

	   The directories searched include several standard sys-
	   tem directories plus any that you specify with -L.

	   Normally the files found this way are library
	   files---archive files whose members are object files.
	   The linker handles an archive file by scanning through
	   it for members which define symbols that have so far
	   been referenced but not defined.  But if the file that
	   is found is an ordinary object file, it is linked in
	   the usual fashion.  The only difference between using
	   an -l option and specifying a file name is that -l
	   surrounds library with lib and .a and searches several
	   directories.

       -lobjc
	   You need this special case of the -l option in order
	   to link an Objective-C program.

       -nostartfiles
	   Do not use the standard system startup files when
	   linking.  The standard system libraries are used nor-
	   mally, unless -nostdlib or -nodefaultlibs is used.

       -nodefaultlibs
	   Do not use the standard system libraries when linking.
	   Only the libraries you specify will be passed to the
	   linker.  The standard startup files are used normally,
	   unless -nostartfiles is used.  The compiler may gener-
	   ate calls to memcmp, memset, and memcpy for System V
	   (and ISO C) environments or to bcopy and bzero for BSD
	   environments.  These entries are usually resolved by
	   entries in libc.  These entry points should be sup-
	   plied through some other mechanism when this option is
	   specified.

       -nostdlib
	   Do not use the standard system startup files or
	   libraries when linking.  No startup files and only the
	   libraries you specify will be passed to the linker.
	   The compiler may generate calls to memcmp, memset, and
	   memcpy for System V (and ISO C) environments or to
	   bcopy and bzero for BSD environments.  These entries
	   are usually resolved by entries in libc.  These entry
	   points should be supplied through some other mechanism
	   when this option is specified.

	   One of the standard libraries bypassed by -nostdlib
	   and -nodefaultlibs is libgcc.a, a library of internal
	   subroutines that GCC uses to overcome shortcomings of
	   particular machines, or special needs for some lan-
	   guages.

	   In most cases, you need libgcc.a even when you want to
	   avoid other standard libraries.  In other words, when
	   you specify -nostdlib or -nodefaultlibs you should
	   usually specify -lgcc as well.  This ensures that you
	   have no unresolved references to internal GCC library
	   subroutines.	 (For example, __main, used to ensure C++
	   constructors will be called.)

       -s  Remove all symbol table and relocation information
	   from the executable.

       -static
	   On systems that support dynamic linking, this prevents
	   linking with the shared libraries.  On other systems,
	   this option has no effect.

       -shared
	   Produce a shared object which can then be linked with
	   other objects to form an executable.	 Not all systems
	   support this option.	 For predictable results, you
	   must also specify the same set of options that were
	   used to generate code (-fpic, -fPIC, or model subop-
	   tions) when you specify this option.[1]

       -shared-libgcc
       -static-libgcc
	   On systems that provide libgcc as a shared library,
	   these options force the use of either the shared or
	   static version respectively.	 If no shared version of
	   libgcc was built when the compiler was configured,
	   these options have no effect.

	   There are several situations in which an application
	   should use the shared libgcc instead of the static
	   version.  The most common of these is when the appli-
	   cation wishes to throw and catch exceptions across
	   different shared libraries.	In that case, each of the
	   libraries as well as the application itself should use
	   the shared libgcc.

	   Therefore, the G++ and GCJ drivers automatically add
	   -shared-libgcc whenever you build a shared library or
	   a main executable, because C++ and Java programs typi-
	   cally use exceptions, so this is the right thing to
	   do.

	   If, instead, you use the GCC driver to create shared
	   libraries, you may find that they will not always be
	   linked with the shared libgcc.  If GCC finds, at its
	   configuration time, that you have a GNU linker that
	   does not support option --eh-frame-hdr, it will link
	   the shared version of libgcc into shared libraries by
	   default.  Otherwise, it will take advantage of the
	   linker and optimize away the linking with the shared
	   version of libgcc, linking with the static version of
	   libgcc by default.  This allows exceptions to propa-
	   gate through such shared libraries, without incurring
	   relocation costs at library load time.

	   However, if a library or main executable is supposed
	   to throw or catch exceptions, you must link it using
	   the G++ or GCJ driver, as appropriate for the lan-
	   guages used in the program, or using the option
	   -shared-libgcc, such that it is linked with the shared
	   libgcc.

       -symbolic
	   Bind references to global symbols when building a
	   shared object.  Warn about any unresolved references
	   (unless overridden by the link editor option -Xlinker
	   -z -Xlinker defs).  Only a few systems support this
	   option.

       -Xlinker option
	   Pass option as an option to the linker.  You can use
	   this to supply system-specific linker options which
	   GCC does not know how to recognize.

	   If you want to pass an option that takes an argument,
	   you must use -Xlinker twice, once for the option and
	   once for the argument.  For example, to pass -assert
	   definitions, you must write -Xlinker -assert -Xlinker
	   definitions.	 It does not work to write -Xlinker
	   "-assert definitions", because this passes the entire
	   string as a single argument, which is not what the
	   linker expects.

       -Wl,option
	   Pass option as an option to the linker.  If option
	   contains commas, it is split into multiple options at
	   the commas.

       -u symbol
	   Pretend the symbol symbol is undefined, to force link-
	   ing of library modules to define it.	 You can use -u
	   multiple times with different symbols to force loading
	   of additional library modules.

       Options for Directory Search

       These options specify directories to search for header
       files, for libraries and for parts of the compiler:

       -Idir
	   Add the directory dir to the head of the list of
	   directories to be searched for header files.	 This can
	   be used to override a system header file, substituting
	   your own version, since these directories are searched
	   before the system header file directories.  However,
	   you should not use this option to add directories that
	   contain vendor-supplied system header files (use
	   -isystem for that).	If you use more than one -I
	   option, the directories are scanned in left-to-right
	   order; the standard system directories come after.

	   If a standard system include directory, or a directory
	   specified with -isystem, is also specified with -I,
	   the -I option will be ignored.  The directory will
	   still be searched but as a system directory at its
	   normal position in the system include chain.	 This is
	   to ensure that GCC's procedure to fix buggy system
	   headers and the ordering for the include_next direc-
	   tive are not inadvertently changed.	If you really
	   need to change the search order for system directo-
	   ries, use the -nostdinc and/or -isystem options.

       -I- Any directories you specify with -I options before the
	   -I- option are searched only for the case of #include
	   "file"; they are not searched for #include <file>.

	   If additional directories are specified with -I
	   options after the -I-, these directories are searched
	   for all #include directives.	 (Ordinarily all -I
	   directories are used this way.)

	   In addition, the -I- option inhibits the use of the
	   current directory (where the current input file came
	   from) as the first search directory for #include
	   "file".  There is no way to override this effect of
	   -I-.	 With -I. you can specify searching the directory
	   which was current when the compiler was invoked.  That
	   is not exactly the same as what the preprocessor does
	   by default, but it is often satisfactory.

	   -I- does not inhibit the use of the standard system
	   directories for header files.  Thus, -I- and -nostdinc
	   are independent.

       -Ldir
	   Add directory dir to the list of directories to be
	   searched for -l.

       -Bprefix
	   This option specifies where to find the executables,
	   libraries, include files, and data files of the com-
	   piler itself.

	   The compiler driver program runs one or more of the
	   subprograms cpp, cc1, as and ld.  It tries prefix as a
	   prefix for each program it tries to run, both with and
	   without machine/version/.

	   For each subprogram to be run, the compiler driver
	   first tries the -B prefix, if any.  If that name is
	   not found, or if -B was not specified, the driver
	   tries two standard prefixes, which are /usr/lib/gcc/
	   and /usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/.	 If neither of those
	   results in a file name that is found, the unmodified
	   program name is searched for using the directories
	   specified in your PATH environment variable.

	   The compiler will check to see if the path provided by
	   the -B refers to a directory, and if necessary it will
	   add a directory separator character at the end of the
	   path.

	   -B prefixes that effectively specify directory names
	   also apply to libraries in the linker, because the
	   compiler translates these options into -L options for
	   the linker.	They also apply to includes files in the
	   preprocessor, because the compiler translates these
	   options into -isystem options for the preprocessor.
	   In this case, the compiler appends include to the pre-
	   fix.

	   The run-time support file libgcc.a can also be
	   searched for using the -B prefix, if needed.	 If it is
	   not found there, the two standard prefixes above are
	   tried, and that is all.  The file is left out of the
	   link if it is not found by those means.

	   Another way to specify a prefix much like the -B pre-
	   fix is to use the environment variable
	   GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.

	   As a special kludge, if the path provided by -B is
	   [dir/]stageN/, where N is a number in the range 0 to
	   9, then it will be replaced by [dir/]include.  This is
	   to help with boot-strapping the compiler.

       -specs=file
	   Process file after the compiler reads in the standard
	   specs file, in order to override the defaults that the
	   gcc driver program uses when determining what switches
	   to pass to cc1, cc1plus, as, ld, etc.  More than one
	   -specs=file can be specified on the command line, and
	   they are processed in order, from left to right.

       Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version

       The usual way to run GCC is to run the executable called
       gcc, or <machine>-gcc when cross-compiling, or
       <machine>-gcc-<version> to run a version other than the
       one that was installed last.  Sometimes this is inconve-
       nient, so GCC provides options that will switch to another
       cross-compiler or version.

       -b machine
	   The argument machine specifies the target machine for
	   compilation.

	   The value to use for machine is the same as was speci-
	   fied as the machine type when configuring GCC as a
	   cross-compiler.  For example, if a cross-compiler was
	   configured with configure i386v, meaning to compile
	   for an 80386 running System V, then you would specify
	   -b i386v to run that cross compiler.

       -V version
	   The argument version specifies which version of GCC to
	   run.	 This is useful when multiple versions are
	   installed.  For example, version might be 2.0, meaning
	   to run GCC version 2.0.

       The -V and -b options work by running the
       <machine>-gcc-<version> executable, so there's no real
       reason to use them if you can just run that directly.

       Hardware Models and Configurations

       Earlier we discussed the standard option -b which chooses
       among different installed compilers for completely differ-
       ent target machines, such as VAX vs. 68000 vs. 80386.

       In addition, each of these target machine types can have
       its own special options, starting with -m, to choose among
       various hardware models or configurations---for example,
       68010 vs 68020, floating coprocessor or none.  A single
       installed version of the compiler can compile for any
       model or configuration, according to the options speci-
       fied.

       Some configurations of the compiler also support addi-
       tional special options, usually for compatibility with
       other compilers on the same platform.

       These options are defined by the macro "TARGET_SWITCHES"
       in the machine description.  The default for the options
       is also defined by that macro, which enables you to change
       the defaults.

       M680x0 Options

       These are the -m options defined for the 68000 series.
       The default values for these options depends on which
       style of 68000 was selected when the compiler was config-
       ured; the defaults for the most common choices are given
       below.

       -m68000
       -mc68000
	   Generate output for a 68000.	 This is the default when
	   the compiler is configured for 68000-based systems.

	   Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or
	   EC000 core, including the 68008, 68302, 68306, 68307,
	   68322, 68328 and 68356.

       -m68020
       -mc68020
	   Generate output for a 68020.	 This is the default when
	   the compiler is configured for 68020-based systems.

       -m68881
	   Generate output containing 68881 instructions for
	   floating point.  This is the default for most 68020
	   systems unless --nfp was specified when the compiler
	   was configured.

       -m68030
	   Generate output for a 68030.	 This is the default when
	   the compiler is configured for 68030-based systems.

       -m68040
	   Generate output for a 68040.	 This is the default when
	   the compiler is configured for 68040-based systems.

	   This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instruc-
	   tions that have to be emulated by software on the
	   68040.  Use this option if your 68040 does not have
	   code to emulate those instructions.

       -m68060
	   Generate output for a 68060.	 This is the default when
	   the compiler is configured for 68060-based systems.

	   This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882
	   instructions that have to be emulated by software on
	   the 68060.  Use this option if your 68060 does not
	   have code to emulate those instructions.

       -mcpu32
	   Generate output for a CPU32.	 This is the default when
	   the compiler is configured for CPU32-based systems.

	   Use this option for microcontrollers with a CPU32 or
	   CPU32+ core, including the 68330, 68331, 68332, 68333,
	   68334, 68336, 68340, 68341, 68349 and 68360.

       -m5200
	   Generate output for a 520X ``coldfire'' family cpu.
	   This is the default when the compiler is configured
	   for 520X-based systems.

	   Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core,
	   including the MCF5202, MCF5203, MCF5204 and MCF5202.

       -m68020-40
	   Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the
	   new instructions.  This results in code which can run
	   relatively efficiently on either a 68020/68881 or a
	   68030 or a 68040.  The generated code does use the
	   68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68040.

       -m68020-60
	   Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the
	   new instructions.  This results in code which can run
	   relatively efficiently on either a 68020/68881 or a
	   68030 or a 68040.  The generated code does use the
	   68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68060.

       -mfpa
	   Generate output containing Sun FPA instructions for
	   floating point.

       -msoft-float
	   Generate output containing library calls for floating
	   point.  Warning: the requisite libraries are not
	   available for all m68k targets.  Normally the facili-
	   ties of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
	   this can't be done directly in cross-compilation.  You
	   must make your own arrangements to provide suitable
	   library functions for cross-compilation.  The embedded
	   targets m68k-*-aout and m68k-*-coff do provide soft-
	   ware floating point support.

       -mshort
	   Consider type "int" to be 16 bits wide, like "short
	   int".

       -mnobitfield
	   Do not use the bit-field instructions.  The -m68000,
	   -mcpu32 and -m5200 options imply -mnobitfield.

       -mbitfield
	   Do use the bit-field instructions.  The -m68020 option
	   implies -mbitfield.	This is the default if you use a
	   configuration designed for a 68020.

       -mrtd
	   Use a different function-calling convention, in which
	   functions that take a fixed number of arguments return
	   with the "rtd" instruction, which pops their arguments
	   while returning.  This saves one instruction in the
	   caller since there is no need to pop the arguments
	   there.

	   This calling convention is incompatible with the one
	   normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you
	   need to call libraries compiled with the Unix com-
	   piler.

	   Also, you must provide function prototypes for all
	   functions that take variable numbers of arguments
	   (including "printf"); otherwise incorrect code will be
	   generated for calls to those functions.

	   In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if
	   you call a function with too many arguments.	 (Nor-
	   mally, extra arguments are harmlessly ignored.)

	   The "rtd" instruction is supported by the 68010,
	   68020, 68030, 68040, 68060 and CPU32 processors, but
	   not by the 68000 or 5200.

       -malign-int
       -mno-align-int
	   Control whether GCC aligns "int", "long", "long long",
	   "float", "double", and "long double" variables on a
	   32-bit boundary (-malign-int) or a 16-bit boundary
	   (-mno-align-int).  Aligning variables on 32-bit bound-
	   aries produces code that runs somewhat faster on pro-
	   cessors with 32-bit busses at the expense of more mem-
	   ory.

	   Warning: if you use the -malign-int switch, GCC will
	   align structures containing the above types	differ-
	   ently than most published application binary interface
	   specifications for the m68k.

       -mpcrel
	   Use the pc-relative addressing mode of the 68000
	   directly, instead of using a global offset table.  At
	   present, this option implies -fpic, allowing at most a
	   16-bit offset for pc-relative addressing.  -fPIC is
	   not presently supported with -mpcrel, though this
	   could be supported for 68020 and higher processors.

       -mno-strict-align
       -mstrict-align
	   Do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references
	   will be handled by the system.

       M68hc1x Options

       These are the -m options defined for the 68hc11 and 68hc12
       microcontrollers.  The default values for these options
       depends on which style of microcontroller was selected
       when the compiler was configured; the defaults for the
       most common choices are given below.

       -m6811
       -m68hc11
	   Generate output for a 68HC11.  This is the default
	   when the compiler is configured for 68HC11-based sys-
	   tems.

       -m6812
       -m68hc12
	   Generate output for a 68HC12.  This is the default
	   when the compiler is configured for 68HC12-based sys-
	   tems.

       -m68S12
       -m68hcs12
	   Generate output for a 68HCS12.

       -mauto-incdec
	   Enable the use of 68HC12 pre and post auto-increment
	   and auto-decrement addressing modes.

       -minmax
       -nominmax
	   Enable the use of 68HC12 min and max instructions.

       -mlong-calls
       -mno-long-calls
	   Treat all calls as being far away (near).  If calls
	   are assumed to be far away, the compiler will use the
	   "call" instruction to call a function and the "rtc"
	   instruction for returning.

       -mshort
	   Consider type "int" to be 16 bits wide, like "short
	   int".

       -msoft-reg-count=count
	   Specify the number of pseudo-soft registers which are
	   used for the code generation.  The maximum number is
	   32.	Using more pseudo-soft register may or may not
	   result in better code depending on the program.  The
	   default is 4 for 68HC11 and 2 for 68HC12.

       VAX Options

       These -m options are defined for the VAX:

       -munix
	   Do not output certain jump instructions ("aobleq" and
	   so on) that the Unix assembler for the VAX cannot han-
	   dle across long ranges.

       -mgnu
	   Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption
	   that you will assemble with the GNU assembler.

       -mg Output code for g-format floating point numbers
	   instead of d-format.

       SPARC Options

       These -m switches are supported on the SPARC:

       -mno-app-regs
       -mapp-regs
	   Specify -mapp-regs to generate output using the global
	   registers 2 through 4, which the SPARC SVR4 ABI
	   reserves for applications.  This is the default.

	   To be fully SVR4 ABI compliant at the cost of some
	   performance loss, specify -mno-app-regs.  You should
	   compile libraries and system software with this
	   option.

       -mfpu
       -mhard-float
	   Generate output containing floating point instruc-
	   tions.  This is the default.

       -mno-fpu
       -msoft-float
	   Generate output containing library calls for floating
	   point.  Warning: the requisite libraries are not
	   available for all SPARC targets.  Normally the facili-
	   ties of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
	   this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation.
	   You must make your own arrangements to provide suit-
	   able library functions for cross-compilation.  The
	   embedded targets sparc-*-aout and sparclite-*-* do
	   provide software floating point support.

	   -msoft-float changes the calling convention in the
	   output file; therefore, it is only useful if you
	   compile all of a program with this option.  In partic-
	   ular, you need to compile libgcc.a, the library that
	   comes with GCC, with -msoft-float in order for this to
	   work.

       -mhard-quad-float
	   Generate output containing quad-word (long double)
	   floating point instructions.

       -msoft-quad-float
	   Generate output containing library calls for quad-word
	   (long double) floating point instructions.  The func-
	   tions called are those specified in the SPARC ABI.
	   This is the default.

	   As of this writing, there are no sparc implementations
	   that have hardware support for the quad-word floating
	   point instructions.	They all invoke a trap handler
	   for one of these instructions, and then the trap han-
	   dler emulates the effect of the instruction.	 Because
	   of the trap handler overhead, this is much slower than
	   calling the ABI library routines.  Thus the
	   -msoft-quad-float option is the default.

       -mno-flat
       -mflat
	   With -mflat, the compiler does not generate
	   save/restore instructions and will use a ``flat'' or
	   single register window calling convention.  This model
	   uses %i7 as the frame pointer and is compatible with
	   the normal register window model.  Code from either
	   may be intermixed.  The local registers and the input
	   registers (0--5) are still treated as ``call saved''
	   registers and will be saved on the stack as necessary.

	   With -mno-flat (the default), the compiler emits
	   save/restore instructions (except for leaf functions)
	   and is the normal mode of operation.

       -mno-unaligned-doubles
       -munaligned-doubles
	   Assume that doubles have 8 byte alignment.  This is
	   the default.

	   With -munaligned-doubles, GCC assumes that doubles
	   have 8 byte alignment only if they are contained in
	   another type, or if they have an absolute address.
	   Otherwise, it assumes they have 4 byte alignment.
	   Specifying this option avoids some rare compatibility
	   problems with code generated by other compilers.  It
	   is not the default because it results in a performance
	   loss, especially for floating point code.

       -mno-faster-structs
       -mfaster-structs
	   With -mfaster-structs, the compiler assumes that
	   structures should have 8 byte alignment.  This enables
	   the use of pairs of "ldd" and "std" instructions for
	   copies in structure assignment, in place of twice as
	   many "ld" and "st" pairs.  However, the use of this
	   changed alignment directly violates the SPARC ABI.
	   Thus, it's intended only for use on targets where the
	   developer acknowledges that their resulting code will
	   not be directly in line with the rules of the ABI.

       -mv8
       -msparclite
	   These two options select variations on the SPARC
	   architecture.

	   By default (unless specifically configured for the
	   Fujitsu SPARClite), GCC generates code for the v7
	   variant of the SPARC architecture.

	   -mv8 will give you SPARC v8 code.  The only difference
	   from v7 code is that the compiler emits the integer
	   multiply and integer divide instructions which exist
	   in SPARC v8 but not in SPARC v7.

	   -msparclite will give you SPARClite code.  This adds
	   the integer multiply, integer divide step and scan
	   ("ffs") instructions which exist in SPARClite but not
	   in SPARC v7.

	   These options are deprecated and will be deleted in a
	   future GCC release.	They have been replaced with
	   -mcpu=xxx.

       -mcypress
       -msupersparc
	   These two options select the processor for which the
	   code is optimized.

	   With -mcypress (the default), the compiler optimizes
	   code for the Cypress CY7C602 chip, as used in the
	   SPARCStation/SPARCServer 3xx series.	 This is also
	   appropriate for the older SPARCStation 1, 2, IPX etc.

	   With -msupersparc the compiler optimizes code for the
	   SuperSPARC cpu, as used in the SPARCStation 10, 1000
	   and 2000 series.  This flag also enables use of the
	   full SPARC v8 instruction set.

	   These options are deprecated and will be deleted in a
	   future GCC release.	They have been replaced with
	   -mcpu=xxx.

       -mcpu=cpu_type
	   Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction
	   scheduling parameters for machine type cpu_type.  Sup-
	   ported values for cpu_type are v7, cypress, v8, super-
	   sparc, sparclite, hypersparc, sparclite86x, f930,
	   f934, sparclet, tsc701, v9, ultrasparc, and ultra-
	   sparc3.

	   Default instruction scheduling parameters are used for
	   values that select an architecture and not an imple-
	   mentation.  These are v7, v8, sparclite, sparclet, v9.

	   Here is a list of each supported architecture and
	   their supported implementations.

		       v7:	       cypress
		       v8:	       supersparc, hypersparc
		       sparclite:      f930, f934, sparclite86x
		       sparclet:       tsc701
		       v9:	       ultrasparc, ultrasparc3

       -mtune=cpu_type
	   Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine
	   type cpu_type, but do not set the instruction set or
	   register set that the option -mcpu=cpu_type would.

	   The same values for -mcpu=cpu_type can be used for
	   -mtune=cpu_type, but the only useful values are those
	   that select a particular cpu implementation.	 Those
	   are cypress, supersparc, hypersparc, f930, f934, spar-
	   clite86x, tsc701, ultrasparc, and ultrasparc3.

       These -m switches are supported in addition to the above
       on the SPARCLET processor.

       -mlittle-endian
	   Generate code for a processor running in little-endian
	   mode.

       -mlive-g0
	   Treat register %g0 as a normal register.  GCC will
	   continue to clobber it as necessary but will not
	   assume it always reads as 0.

       -mbroken-saverestore
	   Generate code that does not use non-trivial forms of
	   the "save" and "restore" instructions.  Early versions
	   of the SPARCLET processor do not correctly handle
	   "save" and "restore" instructions used with arguments.
	   They correctly handle them used without arguments.  A
	   "save" instruction used without arguments increments
	   the current window pointer but does not allocate a new
	   stack frame.	 It is assumed that the window overflow
	   trap handler will properly handle this case as will
	   interrupt handlers.

       These -m switches are supported in addition to the above
       on SPARC V9 processors in 64-bit environments.

       -mlittle-endian
	   Generate code for a processor running in little-endian
	   mode.

       -m32
       -m64
	   Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment.  The
	   32-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32
	   bits.  The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and
	   long and pointer to 64 bits.

       -mcmodel=medlow
	   Generate code for the Medium/Low code model: the pro-
	   gram must be linked in the low 32 bits of the address
	   space.  Pointers are 64 bits.  Programs can be stati-
	   cally or dynamically linked.

       -mcmodel=medmid
	   Generate code for the Medium/Middle code model: the
	   program must be linked in the low 44 bits of the
	   address space, the text segment must be less than 2G
	   bytes, and data segment must be within 2G of the text
	   segment.  Pointers are 64 bits.

       -mcmodel=medany
	   Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model: the
	   program may be linked anywhere in the address space,
	   the text segment must be less than 2G bytes, and data
	   segment must be within 2G of the text segment.  Point-
	   ers are 64 bits.

       -mcmodel=embmedany
	   Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model for
	   embedded systems: assume a 32-bit text and a 32-bit
	   data segment, both starting anywhere (determined at
	   link time).	Register %g4 points to the base of the
	   data segment.  Pointers are still 64 bits.  Programs
	   are statically linked, PIC is not supported.

       -mstack-bias
       -mno-stack-bias
	   With -mstack-bias, GCC assumes that the stack pointer,
	   and frame pointer if present, are offset by -2047
	   which must be added back when making stack frame ref-
	   erences.  Otherwise, assume no such offset is present.

       ARM Options

       These -m options are defined for Advanced RISC Machines
       (ARM) architectures:

       -mapcs-frame
	   Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the ARM
	   Procedure Call Standard for all functions, even if
	   this is not strictly necessary for correct execution
	   of the code.	 Specifying -fomit-frame-pointer with
	   this option will cause the stack frames not to be gen-
	   erated for leaf functions.  The default is
	   -mno-apcs-frame.

       -mapcs
	   This is a synonym for -mapcs-frame.

       -mapcs-26
	   Generate code for a processor running with a 26-bit
	   program counter, and conforming to the function call-
	   ing standards for the APCS 26-bit option.  This option
	   replaces the -m2 and -m3 options of previous releases
	   of the compiler.

       -mapcs-32
	   Generate code for a processor running with a 32-bit
	   program counter, and conforming to the function call-
	   ing standards for the APCS 32-bit option.  This option
	   replaces the -m6 option of previous releases of the
	   compiler.

       -mthumb-interwork
	   Generate code which supports calling between the ARM
	   and Thumb instruction sets.	Without this option the
	   two instruction sets cannot be reliably used inside
	   one program.	 The default is -mno-thumb-interwork,
	   since slightly larger code is generated when
	   -mthumb-interwork is specified.

       -mno-sched-prolog
	   Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function
	   prolog, or the merging of those instruction with the
	   instructions in the function's body.	 This means that
	   all functions will start with a recognizable set of
	   instructions (or in fact one of a choice from a small
	   set of different function prologues), and this infor-
	   mation can be used to locate the start if functions
	   inside an executable piece of code.	The default is
	   -msched-prolog.

       -mhard-float
	   Generate output containing floating point
	   instructions.  This is the default.

       -msoft-float
	   Generate output containing library calls for floating
	   point.  Warning: the requisite libraries are not
	   available for all ARM targets.  Normally the facili-
	   ties of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
	   this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation.
	   You must make your own arrangements to provide suit-
	   able library functions for cross-compilation.

	   -msoft-float changes the calling convention in the
	   output file; therefore, it is only useful if you com-
	   pile all of a program with this option.  In particu-
	   lar, you need to compile libgcc.a, the library that
	   comes with GCC, with -msoft-float in order for this to
	   work.

       -mlittle-endian
	   Generate code for a processor running in little-endian
	   mode.  This is the default for all standard configura-
	   tions.

       -mbig-endian
	   Generate code for a processor running in big-endian
	   mode; the default is to compile code for a little-
	   endian processor.

       -mwords-little-endian
	   This option only applies when generating code for big-
	   endian processors.  Generate code for a little-endian
	   word order but a big-endian byte order.  That is, a
	   byte order of the form 32107654.  Note: this option
	   should only be used if you require compatibility with
	   code for big-endian ARM processors generated by ver-
	   sions of the compiler prior to 2.8.

       -malignment-traps
	   Generate code that will not trap if the MMU has align-
	   ment traps enabled.	On ARM architectures prior to
	   ARMv4, there were no instructions to access half-word
	   objects stored in memory.  However, when reading from
	   memory a feature of the ARM architecture allows a word
	   load to be used, even if the address is unaligned, and
	   the processor core will rotate the data as it is being
	   loaded.  This option tells the compiler that such mis-
	   aligned accesses will cause a MMU trap and that it
	   should instead synthesize the access as a series of
	   byte accesses.  The compiler can still use word
	   accesses to load half-word data if it knows that the
	   address is aligned to a word boundary.

	   This option is ignored when compiling for ARM archi-
	   tecture 4 or later, since these processors have
	   instructions to directly access half-word objects in
	   memory.

       -mno-alignment-traps
	   Generate code that assumes that the MMU will not trap
	   unaligned accesses.	This produces better code when
	   the target instruction set does not have half-word
	   memory operations (i.e. implementations prior to
	   ARMv4).

	   Note that you cannot use this option to access
	   unaligned word objects, since the processor will only
	   fetch one 32-bit aligned object from memory.

	   The default setting for most targets is -mno-align-
	   ment-traps, since this produces better code when there
	   are no half-word memory instructions available.

       -mshort-load-bytes
       -mno-short-load-words
	   These are deprecated aliases for -malignment-traps.

       -mno-short-load-bytes
       -mshort-load-words
	   This are deprecated aliases for -mno-alignment-traps.

       -mcpu=name
	   This specifies the name of the target ARM processor.
	   GCC uses this name to determine what kind of instruc-
	   tions it can emit when generating assembly code.  Per-
	   missible names are: arm2, arm250, arm3, arm6, arm60,
	   arm600, arm610, arm620, arm7, arm7m, arm7d, arm7dm,
	   arm7di, arm7dmi, arm70, arm700, arm700i, arm710,
	   arm710c, arm7100, arm7500, arm7500fe, arm7tdmi, arm8,
	   strongarm, strongarm110, strongarm1100, arm8, arm810,
	   arm9, arm9e, arm920, arm920t, arm940t, arm9tdmi,
	   arm10tdmi, arm1020t, xscale.

       -mtune=name
	   This option is very similar to the -mcpu= option,
	   except that instead of specifying the actual target
	   processor type, and hence restricting which instruc-
	   tions can be used, it specifies that GCC should tune
	   the performance of the code as if the target were of
	   the type specified in this option, but still choosing
	   the instructions that it will generate based on the
	   cpu specified by a -mcpu= option.  For some ARM imple-
	   mentations better performance can be obtained by using
	   this option.

       -march=name
	   This specifies the name of the target ARM architec-
	   ture.  GCC uses this name to determine what kind of
	   instructions it can emit when generating assembly
	   code.  This option can be used in conjunction with or
	   instead of the -mcpu= option.  Permissible names are:
	   armv2, armv2a, armv3, armv3m, armv4, armv4t, armv5,
	   armv5t, armv5te.

       -mfpe=number
       -mfp=number
	   This specifies the version of the floating point emu-
	   lation available on the target.  Permissible values
	   are 2 and 3.	 -mfp= is a synonym for -mfpe=, for com-
	   patibility with older versions of GCC.

       -mstructure-size-boundary=n
	   The size of all structures and unions will be rounded
	   up to a multiple of the number of bits set by this
	   option.  Permissible values are 8 and 32.  The default
	   value varies for different toolchains.  For the COFF
	   targeted toolchain the default value is 8.  Specifying
	   the larger number can produce faster, more efficient
	   code, but can also increase the size of the program.
	   The two values are potentially incompatible.	 Code
	   compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to
	   work with code or libraries compiled with the other
	   value, if they exchange information using structures
	   or unions.

       -mabort-on-noreturn
	   Generate a call to the function "abort" at the end of
	   a "noreturn" function.  It will be executed if the
	   function tries to return.

       -mlong-calls
       -mno-long-calls
	   Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first
	   loading the address of the function into a register
	   and then performing a subroutine call on this regis-
	   ter.	 This switch is needed if the target function
	   will lie outside of the 64 megabyte addressing range
	   of the offset based version of subroutine call
	   instruction.

	   Even if this switch is enabled, not all function calls
	   will be turned into long calls.  The heuristic is that
	   static functions, functions which have the short-call
	   attribute, functions that are inside the scope of a
	   #pragma no_long_calls directive and functions whose
	   definitions have already been compiled within the cur-
	   rent compilation unit, will not be turned into long
	   calls.  The exception to this rule is that weak func-
	   tion definitions, functions with the long-call
	   attribute or the section attribute, and functions that
	   are within the scope of a #pragma long_calls direc-
	   tive, will always be turned into long calls.

	   This feature is not enabled by default.  Specifying
	   -mno-long-calls will restore the default behavior, as
	   will placing the function calls within the scope of a
	   #pragma long_calls_off directive.  Note these switches
	   have no effect on how the compiler generates code to
	   handle function calls via function pointers.

       -mnop-fun-dllimport
	   Disable support for the "dllimport" attribute.

       -msingle-pic-base
	   Treat the register used for PIC addressing as
	   read-only, rather than loading it in the prologue for
	   each function.  The run-time system is responsible for
	   initializing this register with an appropriate value
	   before execution begins.

       -mpic-register=reg
	   Specify the register to be used for PIC addressing.
	   The default is R10 unless stack-checking is enabled,
	   when R9 is used.

       -mpoke-function-name
	   Write the name of each function into the text section,
	   directly preceding the function prologue.  The gener-
	   ated code is similar to this:

			t0
			    .ascii "arm_poke_function_name", 0
			    .align
			t1
			    .word 0xff000000 + (t1 - t0)
			arm_poke_function_name
			    mov	    ip, sp
			    stmfd   sp!, {fp, ip, lr, pc}
			    sub	    fp, ip, #4

	   When performing a stack backtrace, code can inspect
	   the value of "pc" stored at "fp + 0".  If the trace
	   function then looks at location "pc - 12" and the top
	   8 bits are set, then we know that there is a function
	   name embedded immediately preceding this location and
	   has length "((pc[-3]) & 0xff000000)".

       -mthumb
	   Generate code for the 16-bit Thumb instruction set.
	   The default is to use the 32-bit ARM instruction set.

       -mtpcs-frame
	   Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the
	   Thumb Procedure Call Standard for all non-leaf func-
	   tions.  (A leaf function is one that does not call any
	   other functions.)  The default is -mno-tpcs-frame.

       -mtpcs-leaf-frame
	   Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the
	   Thumb Procedure Call Standard for all leaf functions.
	   (A leaf function is one that does not call any other
	   functions.)	The default is -mno-apcs-leaf-frame.

       -mcallee-super-interworking
	   Gives all externally visible functions in the file
	   being compiled an ARM instruction set header which
	   switches to Thumb mode before executing the rest of
	   the function.  This allows these functions to be
	   called from non-interworking code.

       -mcaller-super-interworking
	   Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual
	   functions) to execute correctly regardless of whether
	   the target code has been compiled for interworking or
	   not.	 There is a small overhead in the cost of execut-
	   ing a function pointer if this option is enabled.

       MN10200 Options

       These -m options are defined for Matsushita MN10200 archi-
       tectures:

       -mrelax
	   Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relax-
	   ation optimization pass to shorten branches, calls and
	   absolute memory addresses.  This option only has an
	   effect when used on the command line for the final
	   link step.

	   This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.

       MN10300 Options

       These -m options are defined for Matsushita MN10300 archi-
       tectures:

       -mmult-bug
	   Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instruc-
	   tions for the MN10300 processors.  This is the
	   default.

       -mno-mult-bug
	   Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply
	   instructions for the MN10300 processors.

       -mam33
	   Generate code which uses features specific to the AM33
	   processor.

       -mno-am33
	   Do not generate code which uses features specific to
	   the AM33 processor.	This is the default.

       -mno-crt0
	   Do not link in the C run-time initialization object
	   file.

       -mrelax
	   Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relax-
	   ation optimization pass to shorten branches, calls and
	   absolute memory addresses.  This option only has an
	   effect when used on the command line for the final
	   link step.

	   This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.

       M32R/D Options

       These -m options are defined for Mitsubishi M32R/D archi-
       tectures:

       -m32rx
	   Generate code for the M32R/X.

       -m32r
	   Generate code for the M32R.	This is the default.

       -mcode-model=small
	   Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory
	   (so that their addresses can be loaded with the "ld24"
	   instruction), and assume all subroutines are reachable
	   with the "bl" instruction.  This is the default.

	   The addressability of a particular object can be set
	   with the "model" attribute.

       -mcode-model=medium
	   Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address
	   space (the compiler will generate "seth/add3" instruc-
	   tions to load their addresses), and assume all subrou-
	   tines are reachable with the "bl" instruction.

       -mcode-model=large
	   Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address
	   space (the compiler will generate "seth/add3" instruc-
	   tions to load their addresses), and assume subroutines
	   may not be reachable with the "bl" instruction (the
	   compiler will generate the much slower "seth/add3/jl"
	   instruction sequence).

       -msdata=none
	   Disable use of the small data area.	Variables will be
	   put into one of .data, bss, or .rodata (unless the
	   "section" attribute has been specified).  This is the
	   default.

	   The small data area consists of sections .sdata and
	   .sbss.  Objects may be explicitly put in the small
	   data area with the "section" attribute using one of
	   these sections.

       -msdata=sdata
	   Put small global and static data in the small data
	   area, but do not generate special code to reference
	   them.

       -msdata=use
	   Put small global and static data in the small data
	   area, and generate special instructions to reference
	   them.

       -G num
	   Put global and static objects less than or equal to
	   num bytes into the small data or bss sections instead
	   of the normal data or bss sections.	The default value
	   of num is 8.	 The -msdata option must be set to one of
	   sdata or use for this option to have any effect.

	   All modules should be compiled with the same -G num
	   value.  Compiling with different values of num may or
	   may not work; if it doesn't the linker will give an
	   error message---incorrect code will not be generated.

       M88K Options

       These -m options are defined for Motorola 88k architec-
       tures:

       -m88000
	   Generate code that works well on both the m88100 and
	   the m88110.

       -m88100
	   Generate code that works best for the m88100, but that
	   also runs on the m88110.

       -m88110
	   Generate code that works best for the m88110, and may
	   not run on the m88100.

       -mbig-pic
	   Obsolete option to be removed from the next revision.
	   Use -fPIC.

       -midentify-revision
	   Include an "ident" directive in the assembler output
	   recording the source file name, compiler name and ver-
	   sion, timestamp, and compilation flags used.

       -mno-underscores
	   In assembler output, emit symbol names without adding
	   an underscore character at the beginning of each name.
	   The default is to use an underscore as prefix on each
	   name.

       -mocs-debug-info
       -mno-ocs-debug-info
	   Include (or omit) additional debugging information
	   (about registers used in each stack frame) as speci-
	   fied in the 88open Object Compatibility Standard,
	   ``OCS''.  This extra information allows debugging of
	   code that has had the frame pointer eliminated.  The
	   default for SVr4 and Delta 88 SVr3.2 is to include
	   this information; other 88k configurations omit this
	   information by default.

       -mocs-frame-position
	   When emitting COFF debugging information for automatic
	   variables and parameters stored on the stack, use the
	   offset from the canonical frame address, which is the
	   stack pointer (register 31) on entry to the function.
	   The SVr4 and Delta88 SVr3.2, and BCS configurations
	   use -mocs-frame-position; other 88k configurations
	   have the default -mno-ocs-frame-position.

       -mno-ocs-frame-position
	   When emitting COFF debugging information for automatic
	   variables and parameters stored on the stack, use the
	   offset from the frame pointer register (register 30).
	   When this option is in effect, the frame pointer is
	   not eliminated when debugging information is selected
	   by the -g switch.

       -moptimize-arg-area
	   Save space by reorganizing the stack frame.	This
	   option generates code that does not agree with the
	   88open specifications, but uses less memory.

       -mno-optimize-arg-area
	   Do not reorganize the stack frame to save space.  This
	   is the default.  The generated conforms to the speci-
	   fication, but uses more memory.

       -mshort-data-num
	   Generate smaller data references by making them rela-
	   tive to "r0", which allows loading a value using a
	   single instruction (rather than the usual two).  You
	   control which data references are affected by specify-
	   ing num with this option.  For example, if you specify
	   -mshort-data-512, then the data references affected
	   are those involving displacements of less than 512
	   bytes.  -mshort-data-num is not effective for num
	   greater than 64k.

       -mserialize-volatile
       -mno-serialize-volatile
	   Do, or don't, generate code to guarantee sequential
	   consistency of volatile memory references.  By
	   default, consistency is guaranteed.

	   The order of memory references made by the MC88110
	   processor does not always match the order of the
	   instructions requesting those references.  In particu-
	   lar, a load instruction may execute before a preceding
	   store instruction.  Such reordering violates sequen-
	   tial consistency of volatile memory references, when
	   there are multiple processors.   When consistency must
	   be guaranteed, GCC generates special instructions, as
	   needed, to force execution in the proper order.

	   The MC88100 processor does not reorder memory refer-
	   ences and so always provides sequential consistency.
	   However, by default, GCC generates the special
	   instructions to guarantee consistency even when you
	   use -m88100, so that the code may be run on an MC88110
	   processor.  If you intend to run your code only on the
	   MC88100 processor, you may use -mno-serial-
	   ize-volatile.

	   The extra code generated to guarantee consistency may
	   affect the performance of your application.	If you
	   know that you can safely forgo this guarantee, you may
	   use -mno-serialize-volatile.

       -msvr4
       -msvr3
	   Turn on (-msvr4) or off (-msvr3) compiler extensions
	   related to System V release 4 (SVr4).  This controls
	   the following:

	   1.  Which variant of the assembler syntax to emit.

	   2.  -msvr4 makes the C preprocessor recognize #pragma
	       weak that is used on System V release 4.

	   3.  -msvr4 makes GCC issue additional declaration
	       directives used in SVr4.

	   -msvr4 is the default for the m88k-motorola-sysv4 con-
	   figuration.	-msvr3 is the default for all other m88k
	   configurations.

       -mversion-03.00
	   This option is obsolete, and is ignored.

       -mno-check-zero-division
       -mcheck-zero-division
	   Do, or don't, generate code to guarantee that integer
	   division by zero will be detected.  By default, detec-
	   tion is guaranteed.

	   Some models of the MC88100 processor fail to trap upon
	   integer division by zero under certain conditions.  By
	   default, when compiling code that might be run on such
	   a processor, GCC generates code that explicitly checks
	   for zero-valued divisors and traps with exception num-
	   ber 503 when one is detected.  Use of
	   -mno-check-zero-division suppresses such checking for
	   code generated to run on an MC88100 processor.

	   GCC assumes that the MC88110 processor correctly
	   detects all instances of integer division by zero.
	   When -m88110 is specified, no explicit checks for
	   zero-valued divisors are generated, and both
	   -mcheck-zero-division and -mno-check-zero-division are
	   ignored.

       -muse-div-instruction
	   Use the div instruction for signed integer division on
	   the MC88100 processor.  By default, the div instruc-
	   tion is not used.

	   On the MC88100 processor the signed integer division
	   instruction div) traps to the operating system on a
	   negative operand.  The operating system transparently
	   completes the operation, but at a large cost in execu-
	   tion time.  By default, when compiling code that might
	   be run on an MC88100 processor, GCC emulates signed
	   integer division using the unsigned integer division
	   instruction divu), thereby avoiding the large penalty
	   of a trap to the operating system.  Such emulation has
	   its own, smaller, execution cost in both time and
	   space.  To the extent that your code's important
	   signed integer division operations are performed on
	   two nonnegative operands, it may be desirable to use
	   the div instruction directly.

	   On the MC88110 processor the div instruction (also
	   known as the divs instruction) processes negative
	   operands without trapping to the operating system.
	   When -m88110 is specified, -muse-div-instruction is
	   ignored, and the div instruction is used for signed
	   integer division.

	   Note that the result of dividing "INT_MIN" by -1 is
	   undefined.  In particular, the behavior of such a
	   division with and without -muse-div-instruction may
	   differ.

       -mtrap-large-shift
       -mhandle-large-shift
	   Include code to detect bit-shifts of more than 31
	   bits; respectively, trap such shifts or emit code to
	   handle them properly.  By default GCC makes no special
	   provision for large bit shifts.

       -mwarn-passed-structs
	   Warn when a function passes a struct as an argument or
	   result.  Structure-passing conventions have changed
	   during the evolution of the C language, and are often
	   the source of portability problems.	By default, GCC
	   issues no such warning.

       IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options

       These -m options are defined for the IBM RS/6000 and Pow-
       erPC:

       -mpower
       -mno-power
       -mpower2
       -mno-power2
       -mpowerpc
       -mno-powerpc
       -mpowerpc-gpopt
       -mno-powerpc-gpopt
       -mpowerpc-gfxopt
       -mno-powerpc-gfxopt
       -mpowerpc64
       -mno-powerpc64
	   GCC supports two related instruction set architectures
	   for the RS/6000 and PowerPC.	 The POWER instruction
	   set are those instructions supported by the rios chip
	   set used in the original RS/6000 systems and the Pow-
	   erPC instruction set is the architecture of the
	   Motorola MPC5xx, MPC6xx, MPC8xx microprocessors, and
	   the IBM 4xx microprocessors.

	   Neither architecture is a subset of the other.  How-
	   ever there is a large common subset of instructions
	   supported by both.  An MQ register is included in pro-
	   cessors supporting the POWER architecture.

	   You use these options to specify which instructions
	   are available on the processor you are using.  The
	   default value of these options is determined when con-
	   figuring GCC.  Specifying the -mcpu=cpu_type overrides
	   the specification of these options.	We recommend you
	   use the -mcpu=cpu_type option rather than the options
	   listed above.

	   The -mpower option allows GCC to generate instructions
	   that are found only in the POWER architecture and to
	   use the MQ register.	 Specifying -mpower2 implies
	   -power and also allows GCC to generate instructions
	   that are present in the POWER2 architecture but not
	   the original POWER architecture.

	   The -mpowerpc option allows GCC to generate instruc-
	   tions that are found only in the 32-bit subset of the
	   PowerPC architecture.  Specifying -mpowerpc-gpopt
	   implies -mpowerpc and also allows GCC to use the
	   optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the Gen-
	   eral Purpose group, including floating-point square
	   root.  Specifying -mpowerpc-gfxopt implies -mpowerpc
	   and also allows GCC to use the optional PowerPC archi-
	   tecture instructions in the Graphics group, including
	   floating-point select.

	   The -mpowerpc64 option allows GCC to generate the
	   additional 64-bit instructions that are found in the
	   full PowerPC64 architecture and to treat GPRs as
	   64-bit, doubleword quantities.  GCC defaults to
	   -mno-powerpc64.

	   If you specify both -mno-power and -mno-powerpc, GCC
	   will use only the instructions in the common subset of
	   both architectures plus some special AIX common-mode
	   calls, and will not use the MQ register.  Specifying
	   both -mpower and -mpowerpc permits GCC to use any
	   instruction from either architecture and to allow use
	   of the MQ register; specify this for the Motorola
	   MPC601.

       -mnew-mnemonics
       -mold-mnemonics
	   Select which mnemonics to use in the generated assem-
	   bler code.  With -mnew-mnemonics, GCC uses the assem-
	   bler mnemonics defined for the PowerPC architecture.
	   With -mold-mnemonics it uses the assembler mnemonics
	   defined for the POWER architecture.	Instructions
	   defined in only one architecture have only one
	   mnemonic; GCC uses that mnemonic irrespective of which
	   of these options is specified.

	   GCC defaults to the mnemonics appropriate for the
	   architecture in use.	 Specifying -mcpu=cpu_type some-
	   times overrides the value of these option.  Unless you
	   are building a cross-compiler, you should normally not
	   specify either -mnew-mnemonics or -mold-mnemonics, but
	   should instead accept the default.

       -mcpu=cpu_type
	   Set architecture type, register usage, choice of
	   mnemonics, and instruction scheduling parameters for
	   machine type cpu_type.  Supported values for cpu_type
	   are rios, rios1, rsc, rios2, rs64a, 601, 602, 603,
	   603e, 604, 604e, 620, 630, 740, 7400, 7450, 750,
	   power, power2, powerpc, 403, 505, 801, 821, 823, and
	   860 and common.

	   -mcpu=common selects a completely generic processor.
	   Code generated under this option will run on any POWER
	   or PowerPC processor.  GCC will use only the instruc-
	   tions in the common subset of both architectures, and
	   will not use the MQ register.  GCC assumes a generic
	   processor model for scheduling purposes.

	   -mcpu=power, -mcpu=power2, -mcpu=powerpc, and
	   -mcpu=powerpc64 specify generic POWER, POWER2, pure
	   32-bit PowerPC (i.e., not MPC601), and 64-bit PowerPC
	   architecture machine types, with an appropriate,
	   generic processor model assumed for scheduling pur-
	   poses.

	   The other options specify a specific processor.  Code
	   generated under those options will run best on that
	   processor, and may not run at all on others.

	   The -mcpu options automatically enable or disable
	   other -m options as follows:

	   common
	       -mno-power, -mno-powerpc

	   power
	   power2
	   rios1
	   rios2
	   rsc -mpower, -mno-powerpc, -mno-new-mnemonics

	   powerpc
	   rs64a
	   602
	   603
	   603e
	   604
	   620
	   630
	   740
	   7400
	   7450
	   750
	   505 -mno-power, -mpowerpc, -mnew-mnemonics

	   601 -mpower, -mpowerpc, -mnew-mnemonics

	   403
	   821
	   860 -mno-power, -mpowerpc, -mnew-mnemonics,
	       -msoft-float

       -mtune=cpu_type
	   Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine
	   type cpu_type, but do not set the architecture type,
	   register usage, or choice of mnemonics, as
	   -mcpu=cpu_type would.  The same values for cpu_type
	   are used for -mtune as for -mcpu.  If both are speci-
	   fied, the code generated will use the architecture,
	   registers, and mnemonics set by -mcpu, but the
	   scheduling parameters set by -mtune.

       -maltivec
       -mno-altivec
	   These switches enable or disable the use of built-in
	   functions that allow access to the AltiVec instruction
	   set.	 You may also need to set -mabi=altivec to adjust
	   the current ABI with AltiVec ABI enhancements.

       -mabi=spe
	   Extend the current ABI with SPE ABI extensions.  This
	   does not change the default ABI, instead it adds the
	   SPE ABI extensions to the current ABI.

       -mabi=no-spe
	   Disable Booke SPE ABI extensions for the current ABI.

       -misel=yes/no
       -misel
	   This switch enables or disables the generation of ISEL
	   instructions.

       -mfull-toc
       -mno-fp-in-toc
       -mno-sum-in-toc
       -mminimal-toc
	   Modify generation of the TOC (Table Of Contents),
	   which is created for every executable file.	The
	   -mfull-toc option is selected by default.  In that
	   case, GCC will allocate at least one TOC entry for
	   each unique non-automatic variable reference in your
	   program.  GCC will also place floating-point constants
	   in the TOC.	However, only 16,384 entries are avail-
	   able in the TOC.

	   If you receive a linker error message that saying you
	   have overflowed the available TOC space, you can
	   reduce the amount of TOC space used with the
	   -mno-fp-in-toc and -mno-sum-in-toc options.
	   -mno-fp-in-toc prevents GCC from putting floating-
	   point constants in the TOC and -mno-sum-in-toc forces
	   GCC to generate code to calculate the sum of an
	   address and a constant at run-time instead of putting
	   that sum into the TOC.  You may specify one or both of
	   these options.  Each causes GCC to produce very
	   slightly slower and larger code at the expense of con-
	   serving TOC space.

	   If you still run out of space in the TOC even when you
	   specify both of these options, specify -mminimal-toc
	   instead.  This option causes GCC to make only one TOC
	   entry for every file.  When you specify this option,
	   GCC will produce code that is slower and larger but
	   which uses extremely little TOC space.  You may wish
	   to use this option only on files that contain less
	   frequently executed code.

       -maix64
       -maix32
	   Enable 64-bit AIX ABI and calling convention: 64-bit
	   pointers, 64-bit "long" type, and the infrastructure
	   needed to support them.  Specifying -maix64 implies
	   -mpowerpc64 and -mpowerpc, while -maix32 disables the
	   64-bit ABI and implies -mno-powerpc64.  GCC defaults
	   to -maix32.

       -mxl-call
       -mno-xl-call
	   On AIX, pass floating-point arguments to prototyped
	   functions beyond the register save area (RSA) on the
	   stack in addition to argument FPRs.	The AIX calling
	   convention was extended but not initially documented
	   to handle an obscure K&R C case of calling a function
	   that takes the address of its arguments with fewer
	   arguments than declared.  AIX XL compilers access
	   floating point arguments which do not fit in the RSA
	   from the stack when a subroutine is compiled without
	   optimization.  Because always storing floating-point
	   arguments on the stack is inefficient and rarely
	   needed, this option is not enabled by default and only
	   is necessary when calling subroutines compiled by AIX
	   XL compilers without optimization.

       -mpe
	   Support IBM RS/6000 SP Parallel Environment (PE).
	   Link an application written to use message passing
	   with special startup code to enable the application to
	   run.	 The system must have PE installed in the stan-
	   dard location (/usr/lpp/ppe.poe/), or the specs file
	   must be overridden with the -specs= option to specify
	   the appropriate directory location.	The Parallel
	   Environment does not support threads, so the -mpe
	   option and the -pthread option are incompatible.

       -msoft-float
       -mhard-float
	   Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-
	   point register set.	Software floating point emulation
	   is provided if you use the -msoft-float option, and
	   pass the option to GCC when linking.

       -mmultiple
       -mno-multiple
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multi-
	   ple word instructions and the store multiple word
	   instructions.  These instructions are generated by
	   default on POWER systems, and not generated on PowerPC
	   systems.  Do not use -mmultiple on little endian Pow-
	   erPC systems, since those instructions do not work
	   when the processor is in little endian mode.	 The
	   exceptions are PPC740 and PPC750 which permit the
	   instructions usage in little endian mode.

       -mstring
       -mno-string
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the load string
	   instructions and the store string word instructions to
	   save multiple registers and do small block moves.
	   These instructions are generated by default on POWER
	   systems, and not generated on PowerPC systems.  Do not
	   use -mstring on little endian PowerPC systems, since
	   those instructions do not work when the processor is
	   in little endian mode.  The exceptions are PPC740 and
	   PPC750 which permit the instructions usage in little
	   endian mode.

       -mupdate
       -mno-update
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or
	   store instructions that update the base register to
	   the address of the calculated memory location.  These
	   instructions are generated by default.  If you use
	   -mno-update, there is a small window between the time
	   that the stack pointer is updated and the address of
	   the previous frame is stored, which means code that
	   walks the stack frame across interrupts or signals may
	   get corrupted data.

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating
	   point multiply and accumulate instructions.	These
	   instructions are generated by default if hardware
	   floating is used.

       -mno-bit-align
       -mbit-align
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do)
	   force structures and unions that contain bit-fields to
	   be aligned to the base type of the bit-field.

	   For example, by default a structure containing nothing
	   but 8 "unsigned" bit-fields of length 1 would be
	   aligned to a 4 byte boundary and have a size of 4
	   bytes.  By using -mno-bit-align, the structure would
	   be aligned to a 1 byte boundary and be one byte in
	   size.

       -mno-strict-align
       -mstrict-align
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do)
	   assume that unaligned memory references will be han-
	   dled by the system.

       -mrelocatable
       -mno-relocatable
	   On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows
	   (does not allow) the program to be relocated to a dif-
	   ferent address at runtime.  If you use -mrelocatable
	   on any module, all objects linked together must be
	   compiled with -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib.

       -mrelocatable-lib
       -mno-relocatable-lib
	   On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows
	   (does not allow) the program to be relocated to a dif-
	   ferent address at runtime.  Modules compiled with
	   -mrelocatable-lib can be linked with either modules
	   compiled without -mrelocatable and -mrelocatable-lib
	   or with modules compiled with the -mrelocatable
	   options.

       -mno-toc
       -mtoc
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do)
	   assume that register 2 contains a pointer to a global
	   area pointing to the addresses used in the program.

       -mlittle
       -mlittle-endian
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile
	   code for the processor in little endian mode.  The
	   -mlittle-endian option is the same as -mlittle.

       -mbig
       -mbig-endian
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile
	   code for the processor in big endian mode.  The
	   -mbig-endian option is the same as -mbig.

       -mcall-sysv
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile
	   code using calling conventions that adheres to the
	   March 1995 draft of the System V Application Binary
	   Interface, PowerPC processor supplement.  This is the
	   default unless you configured GCC using pow-
	   erpc-*-eabiaix.

       -mcall-sysv-eabi
	   Specify both -mcall-sysv and -meabi options.

       -mcall-sysv-noeabi
	   Specify both -mcall-sysv and -mno-eabi options.

       -mcall-aix
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile
	   code using calling conventions that are similar to
	   those used on AIX.  This is the default if you config-
	   ured GCC using powerpc-*-eabiaix.

       -mcall-solaris
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile
	   code for the Solaris operating system.

       -mcall-linux
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile
	   code for the Linux-based GNU system.

       -mcall-gnu
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile
	   code for the Hurd-based GNU system.

       -mcall-netbsd
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile
	   code for the NetBSD operating system.

       -maix-struct-return
	   Return all structures in memory (as specified by the
	   AIX ABI).

       -msvr4-struct-return
	   Return structures smaller than 8 bytes in registers
	   (as specified by the SVR4 ABI).

       -mabi=altivec
	   Extend the current ABI with AltiVec ABI extensions.
	   This does not change the default ABI, instead it adds
	   the AltiVec ABI extensions to the current ABI.

       -mabi=no-altivec
	   Disable AltiVec ABI extensions for the current ABI.

       -mprototype
       -mno-prototype
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that
	   all calls to variable argument functions are properly
	   prototyped.	Otherwise, the compiler must insert an
	   instruction before every non prototyped call to set or
	   clear bit 6 of the condition code register (CR) to
	   indicate whether floating point values were passed in
	   the floating point registers in case the function
	   takes a variable arguments.	With -mprototype, only
	   calls to prototyped variable argument functions will
	   set or clear the bit.

       -msim
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup
	   module is called sim-crt0.o and that the standard C
	   libraries are libsim.a and libc.a.  This is the
	   default for powerpc-*-eabisim.  configurations.

       -mmvme
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup
	   module is called crt0.o and the standard C libraries
	   are libmvme.a and libc.a.

       -mads
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup
	   module is called crt0.o and the standard C libraries
	   are libads.a and libc.a.

       -myellowknife
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup
	   module is called crt0.o and the standard C libraries
	   are libyk.a and libc.a.

       -mvxworks
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, specify
	   that you are compiling for a VxWorks system.

       -mwindiss
	   Specify that you are compiling for the WindISS simula-
	   tion environment.

       -memb
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, set the PPC_EMB bit in
	   the ELF flags header to indicate that eabi extended
	   relocations are used.

       -meabi
       -mno-eabi
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not)
	   adhere to the Embedded Applications Binary Interface
	   (eabi) which is a set of modifications to the System
	   V.4 specifications.	Selecting -meabi means that the
	   stack is aligned to an 8 byte boundary, a function
	   "__eabi" is called to from "main" to set up the eabi
	   environment, and the -msdata option can use both "r2"
	   and "r13" to point to two separate small data areas.
	   Selecting -mno-eabi means that the stack is aligned to
	   a 16 byte boundary, do not call an initialization
	   function from "main", and the -msdata option will only
	   use "r13" to point to a single small data area.  The
	   -meabi option is on by default if you configured GCC
	   using one of the powerpc*-*-eabi* options.

       -msdata=eabi
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small
	   initialized "const" global and static data in the
	   .sdata2 section, which is pointed to by register "r2".
	   Put small initialized non-"const" global and static
	   data in the .sdata section, which is pointed to by
	   register "r13".  Put small uninitialized global and
	   static data in the .sbss section, which is adjacent to
	   the .sdata section.	The -msdata=eabi option is incom-
	   patible with the -mrelocatable option.  The
	   -msdata=eabi option also sets the -memb option.

       -msdata=sysv
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small
	   global and static data in the .sdata section, which is
	   pointed to by register "r13".  Put small uninitialized
	   global and static data in the .sbss section, which is
	   adjacent to the .sdata section.  The -msdata=sysv
	   option is incompatible with the -mrelocatable option.

       -msdata=default
       -msdata
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if -meabi
	   is used, compile code the same as -msdata=eabi, other-
	   wise compile code the same as -msdata=sysv.

       -msdata-data
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small
	   global and static data in the .sdata section.  Put
	   small uninitialized global and static data in the
	   .sbss section.  Do not use register "r13" to address
	   small data however.	This is the default behavior
	   unless other -msdata options are used.

       -msdata=none
       -mno-sdata
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized
	   global and static data in the .data section, and all
	   uninitialized data in the .bss section.

       -G num
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static
	   items less than or equal to num bytes into the small
	   data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss
	   section.  By default, num is 8.  The -G num switch is
	   also passed to the linker.  All modules should be com-
	   piled with the same -G num value.

       -mregnames
       -mno-regnames
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not)
	   emit register names in the assembly language output
	   using symbolic forms.

       -mlongcall
       -mno-longcall
	   Default to making all function calls via pointers, so
	   that functions which reside further than 64 megabytes
	   (67,108,864 bytes) from the current location can be
	   called.  This setting can be overridden by the "short-
	   call" function attribute, or by "#pragma longcall(0)".

	   Some linkers are capable of detecting out-of-range
	   calls and generating glue code on the fly.  On these
	   systems, long calls are unnecessary and generate
	   slower code.	 As of this writing, the AIX linker can
	   do this, as can the GNU linker for PowerPC/64.  It is
	   planned to add this feature to the GNU linker for
	   32-bit PowerPC systems as well.

	   In the future, we may cause GCC to ignore all longcall
	   specifications when the linker is known to generate
	   glue.

       -pthread
	   Adds support for multithreading with the pthreads
	   library.  This option sets flags for both the prepro-
	   cessor and linker.

       Darwin Options

       These options are defined for all architectures running
       the Darwin operating system.  These are useful for compat-
       ibility with other Mac OS compilers.

       -all_load
	   Loads all members of static archive libraries.  See
	   man ld(1) for more information.

       -arch_errors_fatal
	   Cause the errors having to do with files that have the
	   wrong architecture to be fatal.

       -bind_at_load
	   Causes the output file to be marked such that the
	   dynamic linker will bind all undefined references when
	   the file is loaded or launched.

       -bundle
	   Produce a Mach-o bundle format file.	 See man ld(1)
	   for more information.

       -bundle_loader executable
	   This specifies the executable that will be loading the
	   build output file being linked. See man ld(1) for more
	   information.

       -allowable_client  client_name
       -arch_only
       -client_name
       -compatibility_version
       -current_version
       -dependency-file
       -dylib_file
       -dylinker_install_name
       -dynamic
       -dynamiclib
       -exported_symbols_list
       -filelist
       -flat_namespace
       -force_cpusubtype_ALL
       -force_flat_namespace
       -headerpad_max_install_names
       -image_base
       -init
       -install_name
       -keep_private_externs
       -multi_module
       -multiply_defined
       -multiply_defined_unused
       -noall_load
       -nomultidefs
       -noprebind
       -noseglinkedit
       -pagezero_size
       -prebind
       -prebind_all_twolevel_modules
       -private_bundle
       -read_only_relocs
       -sectalign
       -sectobjectsymbols
       -whyload
       -seg1addr
       -sectcreate
       -sectobjectsymbols
       -sectorder
       -seg_addr_table
       -seg_addr_table_filename
       -seglinkedit
       -segprot
       -segs_read_only_addr
       -segs_read_write_addr
       -single_module
       -static
       -sub_library
       -sub_umbrella
       -twolevel_namespace
       -umbrella
       -undefined
       -unexported_symbols_list
       -weak_reference_mismatches
       -whatsloaded
	   This options are available for Darwin linker. Darwin
	   linker man page describes them in detail.

       IBM RT Options

       These -m options are defined for the IBM RT PC:

       -min-line-mul
	   Use an in-line code sequence for integer multiplies.
	   This is the default.

       -mcall-lib-mul
	   Call "lmul$$" for integer multiples.

       -mfull-fp-blocks
	   Generate full-size floating point data blocks, includ-
	   ing the minimum amount of scratch space recommended by
	   IBM.	 This is the default.

       -mminimum-fp-blocks
	   Do not include extra scratch space in floating point
	   data blocks.	 This results in smaller code, but slower
	   execution, since scratch space must be allocated
	   dynamically.

       -mfp-arg-in-fpregs
	   Use a calling sequence incompatible with the IBM call-
	   ing convention in which floating point arguments are
	   passed in floating point registers.	Note that
	   "stdarg.h" will not work with floating point operands
	   if this option is specified.

       -mfp-arg-in-gregs
	   Use the normal calling convention for floating point
	   arguments.  This is the default.

       -mhc-struct-return
	   Return structures of more than one word in memory,
	   rather than in a register.  This provides compatibil-
	   ity with the MetaWare HighC (hc) compiler.  Use the
	   option -fpcc-struct-return for compatibility with the
	   Portable C Compiler (pcc).

       -mnohc-struct-return
	   Return some structures of more than one word in regis-
	   ters, when convenient.  This is the default.	 For com-
	   patibility with the IBM-supplied compilers, use the
	   option -fpcc-struct-return or the option
	   -mhc-struct-return.

       MIPS Options

       These -m options are defined for the MIPS family of com-
       puters:

       -march=arch
	   Generate code that will run on arch, which can be the
	   name of a generic MIPS ISA, or the name of a particu-
	   lar processor.  The ISA names are: mips1, mips2,
	   mips3, mips4, mips32 and mips64.  The processor names
	   are: r2000, r3000, r3900, r4000, vr4100, vr4300,
	   r4400, r4600, r4650, vr5000, r6000, r8000, 4kc, 4kp,
	   5kc, 20kc, orion, and sb1.  The special value from-abi
	   selects the most compatible architecture for the
	   selected ABI (that is, mips1 for 32-bit ABIs and mips3
	   for 64-bit ABIs).

	   In processor names, a final 000 can be abbreviated as
	   k (for example, -march=r2k).	 Prefixes are optional,
	   and vr may be written r.

	   GCC defines two macros based on the value of this
	   option.  The first is _MIPS_ARCH, which gives the name
	   of target architecture, as a string.	 The second has
	   the form _MIPS_ARCH_foo, where foo is the capitalized
	   value of _MIPS_ARCH.	 For example, -march=r2000 will
	   set _MIPS_ARCH to "r2000" and define the macro
	   _MIPS_ARCH_R2000.

	   Note that the _MIPS_ARCH macro uses the processor
	   names given above.  In other words, it will have the
	   full prefix and will not abbreviate 000 as k.  In the
	   case of from-abi, the macro names the resolved archi-
	   tecture (either "mips1" or "mips3").	 It names the
	   default architecture when no -march option is given.

       -mtune=arch
	   Optimize for arch.  Among other things, this option
	   controls the way instructions are scheduled, and the
	   perceived cost of arithmetic operations.  The list of
	   arch values is the same as for -march.

	   When this option is not used, GCC will optimize for
	   the processor specified by -march.  By using -march
	   and -mtune together, it is possible to generate code
	   that will run on a family of processors, but optimize
	   the code for one particular member of that family.

	   -mtune defines the macros _MIPS_TUNE and
	   _MIPS_TUNE_foo, which work in the same way as the
	   -march ones described above.

       -mips1
	   Equivalent to -march=mips1.

       -mips2
	   Equivalent to -march=mips2.

       -mips3
	   Equivalent to -march=mips3.

       -mips4
	   Equivalent to -march=mips4.

       -mips32
	   Equivalent to -march=mips32.

       -mips64
	   Equivalent to -march=mips64.

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating
	   point multiply and accumulate instructions, when they
	   are available.  These instructions are generated by
	   default if they are available, but this may be unde-
	   sirable if the extra precision causes problems or on
	   certain chips in the mode where denormals are rounded
	   to zero where denormals generated by multiply and
	   accumulate instructions cause exceptions anyway.

       -mfp32
	   Assume that floating point registers are 32 bits wide.

       -mfp64
	   Assume that floating point registers are 64 bits wide.

       -mgp32
	   Assume that general purpose registers are 32 bits
	   wide.

       -mgp64
	   Assume that general purpose registers are 64 bits
	   wide.

       -mint64
	   Force int and long types to be 64 bits wide.	 See
	   -mlong32 for an explanation of the default, and the
	   width of pointers.

       -mlong64
	   Force long types to be 64 bits wide.	 See -mlong32 for
	   an explanation of the default, and the width of point-
	   ers.

       -mlong32
	   Force long, int, and pointer types to be 32 bits wide.

	   The default size of ints, longs and pointers depends
	   on the ABI.	All the supported ABIs use 32-bit ints.
	   The n64 ABI uses 64-bit longs, as does the 64-bit
	   Cygnus EABI; the others use 32-bit longs.  Pointers
	   are the same size as longs, or the same size as inte-
	   ger registers, whichever is smaller.

       -mabi=32
       -mabi=o64
       -mabi=n32
       -mabi=64
       -mabi=eabi
       -mabi=meabi
	   Generate code for the given ABI.

	   Note that there are two embedded ABIs: -mabi=eabi
	   selects the one defined by Cygnus while -meabi=meabi
	   selects the one defined by MIPS.  Both these ABIs have
	   32-bit and 64-bit variants.	Normally, GCC will gener-
	   ate 64-bit code when you select a 64-bit architecture,
	   but you can use -mgp32 to get 32-bit code instead.

       -mmips-as
	   Generate code for the MIPS assembler, and invoke mips-
	   tfile to add normal debug information.  This is the
	   default for all platforms except for the OSF/1 refer-
	   ence platform, using the OSF/rose object format.  If
	   the either of the -gstabs or -gstabs+ switches are
	   used, the mips-tfile program will encapsulate the
	   stabs within MIPS ECOFF.

       -mgas
	   Generate code for the GNU assembler.	 This is the
	   default on the OSF/1 reference platform, using the
	   OSF/rose object format.  Also, this is the default if
	   the configure option --with-gnu-as is used.

       -msplit-addresses
       -mno-split-addresses
	   Generate code to load the high and low parts of
	   address constants separately.  This allows GCC to
	   optimize away redundant loads of the high order bits
	   of addresses.  This optimization requires GNU as and
	   GNU ld.  This optimization is enabled by default for
	   some embedded targets where GNU as and GNU ld are
	   standard.

       -mrnames
       -mno-rnames
	   The -mrnames switch says to output code using the MIPS
	   software names for the registers, instead of the hard-
	   ware names (ie, a0 instead of $4).  The only known
	   assembler that supports this option is the Algorith-
	   mics assembler.

       -mgpopt
       -mno-gpopt
	   The -mgpopt switch says to write all of the data dec-
	   larations before the instructions in the text section,
	   this allows the MIPS assembler to generate one word
	   memory references instead of using two words for short
	   global or static data items.	 This is on by default if
	   optimization is selected.

       -mstats
       -mno-stats
	   For each non-inline function processed, the -mstats
	   switch causes the compiler to emit one line to the
	   standard error file to print statistics about the pro-
	   gram (number of registers saved, stack size, etc.).

       -mmemcpy
       -mno-memcpy
	   The -mmemcpy switch makes all block moves call the
	   appropriate string function (memcpy or bcopy) instead
	   of possibly generating inline code.

       -mmips-tfile
       -mno-mips-tfile
	   The -mno-mips-tfile switch causes the compiler not
	   postprocess the object file with the mips-tfile pro-
	   gram, after the MIPS assembler has generated it to add
	   debug support.  If mips-tfile is not run, then no
	   local variables will be available to the debugger.  In
	   addition, stage2 and stage3 objects will have the tem-
	   porary file names passed to the assembler embedded in
	   the object file, which means the objects will not com-
	   pare the same.  The -mno-mips-tfile switch should only
	   be used when there are bugs in the mips-tfile program
	   that prevents compilation.

       -msoft-float
	   Generate output containing library calls for floating
	   point.  Warning: the requisite libraries are not part
	   of GCC.  Normally the facilities of the machine's
	   usual C compiler are used, but this can't be done
	   directly in cross-compilation.  You must make your own
	   arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
	   cross-compilation.

       -mhard-float
	   Generate output containing floating point instruc-
	   tions.  This is the default if you use the unmodified
	   sources.

       -mabicalls
       -mno-abicalls
	   Emit (or do not emit) the pseudo operations .abicalls,
	   .cpload, and .cprestore that some System V.4 ports use
	   for position independent code.

       -mlong-calls
       -mno-long-calls
	   Do all calls with the JALR instruction, which requires
	   loading up a function's address into a register before
	   the call.  You need to use this switch, if you call
	   outside of the current 512 megabyte segment to func-
	   tions that are not through pointers.

       -mhalf-pic
       -mno-half-pic
	   Put pointers to extern references into the data sec-
	   tion and load them up, rather than put the references
	   in the text section.

       -membedded-pic
       -mno-embedded-pic
	   Generate PIC code suitable for some embedded systems.
	   All calls are made using PC relative address, and all
	   data is addressed using the $gp register.  No more
	   than 65536 bytes of global data may be used.	 This
	   requires GNU as and GNU ld which do most of the work.
	   This currently only works on targets which use ECOFF;
	   it does not work with ELF.

       -membedded-data
       -mno-embedded-data
	   Allocate variables to the read-only data section first
	   if possible, then next in the small data section if
	   possible, otherwise in data.	 This gives slightly
	   slower code than the default, but reduces the amount
	   of RAM required when executing, and thus may be pre-
	   ferred for some embedded systems.

       -muninit-const-in-rodata
       -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata
	   When used together with -membedded-data, it will
	   always store uninitialized const variables in the
	   read-only data section.

       -msingle-float
       -mdouble-float
	   The -msingle-float switch tells gcc to assume that the
	   floating point coprocessor only supports single preci-
	   sion operations, as on the r4650 chip.  The -mdou-
	   ble-float switch permits gcc to use double precision
	   operations.	This is the default.

       -mmad
       -mno-mad
	   Permit use of the mad, madu and mul instructions, as
	   on the r4650 chip.

       -m4650
	   Turns on -msingle-float, -mmad, and, at least for now,
	   -mcpu=r4650.

       -mips16
       -mno-mips16
	   Enable 16-bit instructions.

       -mentry
	   Use the entry and exit pseudo ops.  This option can
	   only be used with -mips16.

       -EL Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.
	   The requisite libraries are assumed to exist.

       -EB Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.
	   The requisite libraries are assumed to exist.

       -G num
	   Put global and static items less than or equal to num
	   bytes into the small data or bss sections instead of
	   the normal data or bss section.  This allows the
	   assembler to emit one word memory reference instruc-
	   tions based on the global pointer (gp or $28), instead
	   of the normal two words used.  By default, num is 8
	   when the MIPS assembler is used, and 0 when the GNU
	   assembler is used.  The -G num switch is also passed
	   to the assembler and linker.	 All modules should be
	   compiled with the same -G num value.

       -nocpp
	   Tell the MIPS assembler to not run its preprocessor
	   over user assembler files (with a .s suffix) when
	   assembling them.

       -mfix7000
	   Pass an option to gas which will cause nops to be
	   inserted if the read of the destination register of an
	   mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two
	   instructions.

       -no-crt0
	   Do not include the default crt0.

       -mflush-func=func
       -mno-flush-func
	   Specifies the function to call to flush the I and D
	   caches, or to not call any such function.  If called,
	   the function must take the same arguments as the com-
	   mon "_flush_func()", that is, the address of the mem-
	   ory range for which the cache is being flushed, the
	   size of the memory range, and the number 3 (to flush
	   both caches).  The default depends on the target gcc
	   was configured for, but commonly is either _flush_func
	   or __cpu_flush.

       -mbranch-likely
       -mno-branch-likely
	   Enable or disable use of Branch Likely instructions,
	   regardless of the default for the selected architec-
	   ture.  By default, Branch Likely instructions may be
	   generated if they are supported by the selected archi-
	   tecture.  An exception is for the MIPS32 and MIPS64
	   architectures and processors which implement those
	   architectures; for those, Branch Likely instructions
	   will not be generated by default because the MIPS32
	   and MIPS64 architectures specifically deprecate their
	   use.

       Intel 386 and AMD x86-64 Options

       These -m options are defined for the i386 and x86-64 fam-
       ily of computers:

       -mcpu=cpu-type
	   Tune to cpu-type everything applicable about the
	   generated code, except for the ABI and the set of
	   available instructions.  The choices for cpu-type are
	   i386, i486, i586, i686, pentium, pentium-mmx, pen-
	   tiumpro, pentium2, pentium3, pentium4, k6, k6-2, k6-3,
	   athlon, athlon-tbird, athlon-4, athlon-xp, athlon-mp,
	   winchip-c6, winchip2 and c3.

	   While picking a specific cpu-type will schedule things
	   appropriately for that particular chip, the compiler
	   will not generate any code that does not run on the
	   i386 without the -march=cpu-type option being used.
	   i586 is equivalent to pentium and i686 is equivalent
	   to pentiumpro.  k6 and athlon are the AMD chips as
	   opposed to the Intel ones.

       -march=cpu-type
	   Generate instructions for the machine type cpu-type.
	   The choices for cpu-type are the same as for -mcpu.
	   Moreover, specifying -march=cpu-type implies
	   -mcpu=cpu-type.

       -m386
       -m486
       -mpentium
       -mpentiumpro
	   These options are synonyms for -mcpu=i386, -mcpu=i486,
	   -mcpu=pentium, and -mcpu=pentiumpro respectively.
	   These synonyms are deprecated.

       -mfpmath=unit
	   generate floating point arithmetics for selected unit
	   unit.  the choices for unit are:

	   387 Use the standard 387 floating point coprocessor
	       present majority of chips and emulated otherwise.
	       Code compiled with this option will run almost
	       everywhere.  The temporary results are computed in
	       80bit precision instead of precision specified by
	       the type resulting in slightly different results
	       compared to most of other chips. See -ffloat-store
	       for more detailed description.

	       This is the default choice for i386 compiler.

	   sse Use scalar floating point instructions present in
	       the SSE instruction set.	 This instruction set is
	       supported by Pentium3 and newer chips, in the AMD
	       line by Athlon-4, Athlon-xp and Athlon-mp chips.
	       The earlier version of SSE instruction set sup-
	       ports only single precision arithmetics, thus the
	       double and extended precision arithmetics is still
	       done using 387.	Later version, present only in
	       Pentium4 and the future AMD x86-64 chips supports
	       double precision arithmetics too.

	       For i387 you need to use -march=cpu-type, -msse or
	       -msse2 switches to enable SSE extensions and make
	       this option effective.  For x86-64 compiler, these
	       extensions are enabled by default.

	       The resulting code should be considerably faster
	       in majority of cases and avoid the numerical
	       instability problems of 387 code, but may break
	       some existing code that expects temporaries to be
	       80bit.

	       This is the default choice for x86-64 compiler.

	   sse,387
	       Attempt to utilize both instruction sets at once.
	       This effectively double the amount of available
	       registers and on chips with separate execution
	       units for 387 and SSE the execution resources too.
	       Use this option with care, as it is still experi-
	       mental, because gcc register allocator does not
	       model separate functional units well resulting in
	       instable performance.

       -masm=dialect
	   Output asm instructions using selected dialect. Sup-
	   ported choices are intel or att (the default one).

       -mieee-fp
       -mno-ieee-fp
	   Control whether or not the compiler uses IEEE floating
	   point comparisons.  These handle correctly the case
	   where the result of a comparison is unordered.

       -msoft-float
	   Generate output containing library calls for floating
	   point.  Warning: the requisite libraries are not part
	   of GCC.  Normally the facilities of the machine's
	   usual C compiler are used, but this can't be done
	   directly in cross-compilation.  You must make your own
	   arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
	   cross-compilation.

	   On machines where a function returns floating point
	   results in the 80387 register stack, some floating
	   point opcodes may be emitted even if -msoft-float is
	   used.

       -mno-fp-ret-in-387
	   Do not use the FPU registers for return values of
	   functions.

	   The usual calling convention has functions return val-
	   ues of types "float" and "double" in an FPU register,
	   even if there is no FPU.  The idea is that the operat-
	   ing system should emulate an FPU.

	   The option -mno-fp-ret-in-387 causes such values to be
	   returned in ordinary CPU registers instead.

       -mno-fancy-math-387
	   Some 387 emulators do not support the "sin", "cos" and
	   "sqrt" instructions for the 387.  Specify this option
	   to avoid generating those instructions.  This option
	   is the default on FreeBSD, OpenBSD and NetBSD.  This
	   option is overridden when -march indicates that the
	   target cpu will always have an FPU and so the instruc-
	   tion will not need emulation.  As of revision 2.6.1,
	   these instructions are not generated unless you also
	   use the -funsafe-math-optimizations switch.

       -malign-double
       -mno-align-double
	   Control whether GCC aligns "double", "long double",
	   and "long long" variables on a two word boundary or a
	   one word boundary.  Aligning "double" variables on a
	   two word boundary will produce code that runs somewhat
	   faster on a Pentium at the expense of more memory.

	   Warning: if you use the -malign-double switch, struc-
	   tures containing the above types will be aligned dif-
	   ferently than the published application binary inter-
	   face specifications for the 386 and will not be binary
	   compatible with structures in code compiled without
	   that switch.

       -m128bit-long-double
	   Control the size of "long double" type. i386 applica-
	   tion binary interface specify the size to be 12 bytes,
	   while modern architectures (Pentium and newer) prefer
	   "long double" aligned to 8 or 16 byte boundary.  This
	   is impossible to reach with 12 byte long doubles in
	   the array accesses.

	   Warning: if you use the -m128bit-long-double switch,
	   the structures and arrays containing "long double"
	   will change their size as well as function calling
	   convention for function taking "long double" will be
	   modified.

       -m96bit-long-double
	   Set the size of "long double" to 96 bits as required
	   by the i386 application binary interface.  This is the
	   default.

       -msvr3-shlib
       -mno-svr3-shlib
	   Control whether GCC places uninitialized local vari-
	   ables into the "bss" or "data" segments.  -msvr3-shlib
	   places them into "bss".  These options are meaningful
	   only on System V Release 3.

       -mrtd
	   Use a different function-calling convention, in which
	   functions that take a fixed number of arguments return
	   with the "ret" num instruction, which pops their argu-
	   ments while returning.  This saves one instruction in
	   the caller since there is no need to pop the arguments
	   there.

	   You can specify that an individual function is called
	   with this calling sequence with the function attribute
	   stdcall.  You can also override the -mrtd option by
	   using the function attribute cdecl.

	   Warning: this calling convention is incompatible with
	   the one normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if
	   you need to call libraries compiled with the Unix com-
	   piler.

	   Also, you must provide function prototypes for all
	   functions that take variable numbers of arguments
	   (including "printf"); otherwise incorrect code will be
	   generated for calls to those functions.

	   In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if
	   you call a function with too many arguments.	 (Nor-
	   mally, extra arguments are harmlessly ignored.)

       -mregparm=num
	   Control how many registers are used to pass integer
	   arguments.  By default, no registers are used to pass
	   arguments, and at most 3 registers can be used.  You
	   can control this behavior for a specific function by
	   using the function attribute regparm.

	   Warning: if you use this switch, and num is nonzero,
	   then you must build all modules with the same value,
	   including any libraries.  This includes the system
	   libraries and startup modules.

       -mpreferred-stack-boundary=num
	   Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2
	   raised to num byte boundary.	 If -mpre-
	   ferred-stack-boundary is not specified, the default is
	   4 (16 bytes or 128 bits), except when optimizing for
	   code size (-Os), in which case the default is the min-
	   imum correct alignment (4 bytes for x86, and 8 bytes
	   for x86-64).

	   On Pentium and PentiumPro, "double" and "long double"
	   values should be aligned to an 8 byte boundary (see
	   -malign-double) or suffer significant run time perfor-
	   mance penalties.  On Pentium III, the Streaming SIMD
	   Extension (SSE) data type "__m128" suffers similar
	   penalties if it is not 16 byte aligned.

	   To ensure proper alignment of this values on the
	   stack, the stack boundary must be as aligned as that
	   required by any value stored on the stack.  Further,
	   every function must be generated such that it keeps
	   the stack aligned.  Thus calling a function compiled
	   with a higher preferred stack boundary from a function
	   compiled with a lower preferred stack boundary will
	   most likely misalign the stack.  It is recommended
	   that libraries that use callbacks always use the
	   default setting.

	   This extra alignment does consume extra stack space,
	   and generally increases code size.  Code that is sen-
	   sitive to stack space usage, such as embedded systems
	   and operating system kernels, may want to reduce the
	   preferred alignment to -mpreferred-stack-boundary=2.

       -mmmx
       -mno-mmx
       -msse
       -mno-sse
       -msse2
       -mno-sse2
       -m3dnow
       -mno-3dnow
	   These switches enable or disable the use of built-in
	   functions that allow direct access to the MMX, SSE and
	   3Dnow extensions of the instruction set.

	   To have SSE/SSE2 instructions generated automatically
	   from floating-point code, see -mfpmath=sse.

       -mpush-args
       -mno-push-args
	   Use PUSH operations to store outgoing parameters.
	   This method is shorter and usually equally fast as
	   method using SUB/MOV operations and is enabled by
	   default.  In some cases disabling it may improve per-
	   formance because of improved scheduling and reduced
	   dependencies.

       -maccumulate-outgoing-args
	   If enabled, the maximum amount of space required for
	   outgoing arguments will be computed in the function
	   prologue.  This is faster on most modern CPUs because
	   of reduced dependencies, improved scheduling and
	   reduced stack usage when preferred stack boundary is
	   not equal to 2.  The drawback is a notable increase in
	   code size.  This switch implies -mno-push-args.

       -mthreads
	   Support thread-safe exception handling on Mingw32.
	   Code that relies on thread-safe exception handling
	   must compile and link all code with the -mthreads
	   option.  When compiling, -mthreads defines -D_MT; when
	   linking, it links in a special thread helper library
	   -lmingwthrd which cleans up per thread exception han-
	   dling data.

       -mno-align-stringops
	   Do not align destination of inlined string operations.
	   This switch reduces code size and improves performance
	   in case the destination is already aligned, but gcc
	   don't know about it.

       -minline-all-stringops
	   By default GCC inlines string operations only when
	   destination is known to be aligned at least to 4 byte
	   boundary.  This enables more inlining, increase code
	   size, but may improve performance of code that depends
	   on fast memcpy, strlen and memset for short lengths.

       -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
	   Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf
	   functions.  This avoids the instructions to save, set
	   up and restore frame pointers and makes an extra reg-
	   ister available in leaf functions.  The option
	   -fomit-frame-pointer removes the frame pointer for all
	   functions which might make debugging harder.

       These -m switches are supported in addition to the above
       on AMD x86-64 processors in 64-bit environments.

       -m32
       -m64
	   Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment.  The
	   32-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32
	   bits and generates code that runs on any i386 system.
	   The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long
	   and pointer to 64 bits and generates code for AMD's
	   x86-64 architecture.

       -mno-red-zone
	   Do not use a so called red zone for x86-64 code.  The
	   red zone is mandated by the x86-64 ABI, it is a
	   128-byte area beyond the location of the stack pointer
	   that will not be modified by signal or interrupt han-
	   dlers and therefore can be used for temporary data
	   without adjusting the stack pointer.	 The flag
	   -mno-red-zone disables this red zone.

       -mcmodel=small
	   Generate code for the small code model: the program
	   and its symbols must be linked in the lower 2 GB of
	   the address space.  Pointers are 64 bits.  Programs
	   can be statically or dynamically linked.  This is the
	   default code model.

       -mcmodel=kernel
	   Generate code for the kernel code model.  The kernel
	   runs in the negative 2 GB of the address space.  This
	   model has to be used for Linux kernel code.

       -mcmodel=medium
	   Generate code for the medium model: The program is
	   linked in the lower 2 GB of the address space but sym-
	   bols can be located anywhere in the address space.
	   Programs can be statically or dynamically linked, but
	   building of shared libraries are not supported with
	   the medium model.

       -mcmodel=large
	   Generate code for the large model: This model makes no
	   assumptions about addresses and sizes of sections.
	   Currently GCC does not implement this model.

       HPPA Options

       These -m options are defined for the HPPA family of com-
       puters:

       -march=architecture-type
	   Generate code for the specified architecture.  The
	   choices for architecture-type are 1.0 for PA 1.0, 1.1
	   for PA 1.1, and 2.0 for PA 2.0 processors.  Refer to
	   /usr/lib/sched.models on an HP-UX system to determine
	   the proper architecture option for your machine.  Code
	   compiled for lower numbered architectures will run on
	   higher numbered architectures, but not the other way
	   around.

	   PA 2.0 support currently requires gas snapshot
	   19990413 or later.  The next release of binutils (cur-
	   rent is 2.9.1) will probably contain PA 2.0 support.

       -mpa-risc-1-0
       -mpa-risc-1-1
       -mpa-risc-2-0
	   Synonyms for -march=1.0, -march=1.1, and -march=2.0
	   respectively.

       -mbig-switch
	   Generate code suitable for big switch tables.  Use
	   this option only if the assembler/linker complain
	   about out of range branches within a switch table.

       -mjump-in-delay
	   Fill delay slots of function calls with unconditional
	   jump instructions by modifying the return pointer for
	   the function call to be the target of the conditional
	   jump.

       -mdisable-fpregs
	   Prevent floating point registers from being used in
	   any manner.	This is necessary for compiling kernels
	   which perform lazy context switching of floating point
	   registers.  If you use this option and attempt to per-
	   form floating point operations, the compiler will
	   abort.

       -mdisable-indexing
	   Prevent the compiler from using indexing address
	   modes.  This avoids some rather obscure problems when
	   compiling MIG generated code under MACH.

       -mno-space-regs
	   Generate code that assumes the target has no space
	   registers.  This allows GCC to generate faster indi-
	   rect calls and use unscaled index address modes.

	   Such code is suitable for level 0 PA systems and ker-
	   nels.

       -mfast-indirect-calls
	   Generate code that assumes calls never cross space
	   boundaries.	This allows GCC to emit code which per-
	   forms faster indirect calls.

	   This option will not work in the presence of shared
	   libraries or nested functions.

       -mlong-load-store
	   Generate 3-instruction load and store sequences as
	   sometimes required by the HP-UX 10 linker.  This is
	   equivalent to the +k option to the HP compilers.

       -mportable-runtime
	   Use the portable calling conventions proposed by HP
	   for ELF systems.

       -mgas
	   Enable the use of assembler directives only GAS under-
	   stands.

       -mschedule=cpu-type
	   Schedule code according to the constraints for the
	   machine type cpu-type.  The choices for cpu-type are
	   700 7100, 7100LC, 7200, 7300 and 8000.  Refer to
	   /usr/lib/sched.models on an HP-UX system to determine
	   the proper scheduling option for your machine.  The
	   default scheduling is 8000.

       -mlinker-opt
	   Enable the optimization pass in the HP-UX linker.
	   Note this makes symbolic debugging impossible.  It
	   also triggers a bug in the HP-UX 8 and HP-UX 9 linkers
	   in which they give bogus error messages when linking
	   some programs.

       -msoft-float
	   Generate output containing library calls for floating
	   point.  Warning: the requisite libraries are not
	   available for all HPPA targets.  Normally the facili-
	   ties of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
	   this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation.
	   You must make your own arrangements to provide suit-
	   able library functions for cross-compilation.  The
	   embedded target hppa1.1-*-pro does provide software
	   floating point support.

	   -msoft-float changes the calling convention in the
	   output file; therefore, it is only useful if you com-
	   pile all of a program with this option.  In particu-
	   lar, you need to compile libgcc.a, the library that
	   comes with GCC, with -msoft-float in order for this to
	   work.

       -msio
	   Generate the predefine, "_SIO", for server IO.  The
	   default is -mwsio.  This generates the predefines,
	   "__hp9000s700", "__hp9000s700__" and "_WSIO", for
	   workstation IO.  These options are available under HP-
	   UX and HI-UX.

       -mgnu-ld
	   Use GNU ld specific options.	 This passes -shared to
	   ld when building a shared library.  It is the default
	   when GCC is configured, explicitly or implicitly, with
	   the GNU linker.  This option does not have any affect
	   on which ld is called, it only changes what parameters
	   are passed to that ld.  The ld that is called is
	   determined by the --with-ld configure option, gcc's
	   program search path, and finally by the user's PATH.
	   The linker used by GCC can be printed using which `gcc
	   -print-prog-name=ld`.

       -mhp-ld
	   Use HP ld specific options.	This passes -b to ld when
	   building a shared library and passes +Accept TypeMis-
	   match to ld on all links.  It is the default when GCC
	   is configured, explicitly or implicitly, with the HP
	   linker.  This option does not have any affect on which
	   ld is called, it only changes what parameters are
	   passed to that ld.  The ld that is called is deter-
	   mined by the --with-ld configure option, gcc's program
	   search path, and finally by the user's PATH.	 The
	   linker used by GCC can be printed using which `gcc
	   -print-prog-name=ld`.

       -mlong-calls
	   Generate code that uses long call sequences.	 This
	   ensures that a call is always able to reach linker
	   generated stubs.  The default is to generate long
	   calls only when the distance from the call site to the
	   beginning of the function or translation unit, as the
	   case may be, exceeds a predefined limit set by the
	   branch type being used.  The limits for normal calls
	   are 7,600,000 and 240,000 bytes, respectively for the
	   PA 2.0 and PA 1.X architectures.  Sibcalls are always
	   limited at 240,000 bytes.

	   Distances are measured from the beginning of functions
	   when using the -ffunction-sections option, or when
	   using the -mgas and -mno-portable-runtime options
	   together under HP-UX with the SOM linker.

	   It is normally not desirable to use this option as it
	   will degrade performance.  However, it may be useful
	   in large applications, particularly when partial link-
	   ing is used to build the application.

	   The types of long calls used depends on the capabili-
	   ties of the assembler and linker, and the type of code
	   being generated.  The impact on systems that support
	   long absolute calls, and long pic symbol-difference or
	   pc-relative calls should be relatively small.  How-
	   ever, an indirect call is used on 32-bit ELF systems
	   in pic code and it is quite long.

       -nolibdld
	   Suppress the generation of link options to search lib-
	   dld.sl when the -static option is specified on HP-UX
	   10 and later.

       -static
	   The HP-UX implementation of setlocale in libc has a
	   dependency on libdld.sl.  There isn't an archive
	   version of libdld.sl.  Thus, when the -static option
	   is specified, special link options are needed to
	   resolve this dependency.

	   On HP-UX 10 and later, the GCC driver adds the neces-
	   sary options to link with libdld.sl when the -static
	   option is specified.	 This causes the resulting binary
	   to be dynamic.  On the 64-bit port, the linkers gener-
	   ate dynamic binaries by default in any case.	 The
	   -nolibdld option can be used to prevent the GCC driver
	   from adding these link options.

       -threads
	   Add support for multithreading with the dce thread
	   library under HP-UX.	 This option sets flags for both
	   the preprocessor and linker.

       Intel 960 Options

       These -m options are defined for the Intel 960 implementa-
       tions:

       -mcpu-type
	   Assume the defaults for the machine type cpu-type for
	   some of the other options, including instruction
	   scheduling, floating point support, and addressing
	   modes.  The choices for cpu-type are ka, kb, mc, ca,
	   cf, sa, and sb.  The default is kb.

       -mnumerics
       -msoft-float
	   The -mnumerics option indicates that the processor
	   does support floating-point instructions.  The
	   -msoft-float option indicates that floating-point sup-
	   port should not be assumed.

       -mleaf-procedures
       -mno-leaf-procedures
	   Do (or do not) attempt to alter leaf procedures to be
	   callable with the "bal" instruction as well as "call".
	   This will result in more efficient code for explicit
	   calls when the "bal" instruction can be substituted by
	   the assembler or linker, but less efficient code in
	   other cases, such as calls via function pointers, or
	   using a linker that doesn't support this optimization.

       -mtail-call
       -mno-tail-call
	   Do (or do not) make additional attempts (beyond those
	   of the machine-independent portions of the compiler)
	   to optimize tail-recursive calls into branches.  You
	   may not want to do this because the detection of cases
	   where this is not valid is not totally complete.  The
	   default is -mno-tail-call.

       -mcomplex-addr
       -mno-complex-addr
	   Assume (or do not assume) that the use of a complex
	   addressing mode is a win on this implementation of the
	   i960.  Complex addressing modes may not be worthwhile
	   on the K-series, but they definitely are on the
	   C-series.  The default is currently -mcomplex-addr for
	   all processors except the CB and CC.

       -mcode-align
       -mno-code-align
	   Align code to 8-byte boundaries for faster fetching
	   (or don't bother).  Currently turned on by default for
	   C-series implementations only.

       -mic-compat
       -mic2.0-compat
       -mic3.0-compat
	   Enable compatibility with iC960 v2.0 or v3.0.

       -masm-compat
       -mintel-asm
	   Enable compatibility with the iC960 assembler.

       -mstrict-align
       -mno-strict-align
	   Do not permit (do permit) unaligned accesses.

       -mold-align
	   Enable structure-alignment compatibility with Intel's
	   gcc release version 1.3 (based on gcc 1.37).	 This
	   option implies -mstrict-align.

       -mlong-double-64
	   Implement type long double as 64-bit floating point
	   numbers.  Without the option long double is imple-
	   mented by 80-bit floating point numbers.  The only
	   reason we have it because there is no 128-bit long
	   double support in fp-bit.c yet.  So it is only useful
	   for people using soft-float targets.	 Otherwise, we
	   should recommend against use of it.

       DEC Alpha Options

       These -m options are defined for the DEC Alpha implementa-
       tions:

       -mno-soft-float
       -msoft-float
	   Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instruc-
	   tions for floating-point operations.	 When
	   -msoft-float is specified, functions in libgcc.a will
	   be used to perform floating-point operations.  Unless
	   they are replaced by routines that emulate the float-
	   ing-point operations, or compiled in such a way as to
	   call such emulations routines, these routines will
	   issue floating-point operations.   If you are compil-
	   ing for an Alpha without floating-point operations,
	   you must ensure that the library is built so as not to
	   call them.

	   Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point
	   operations are required to have floating-point regis-
	   ters.

       -mfp-reg
       -mno-fp-regs
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-
	   point register set.	-mno-fp-regs implies
	   -msoft-float.  If the floating-point register set is
	   not used, floating point operands are passed in inte-
	   ger registers as if they were integers and floating-
	   point results are passed in $0 instead of $f0.  This
	   is a non-standard calling sequence, so any function
	   with a floating-point argument or return value called
	   by code compiled with -mno-fp-regs must also be com-
	   piled with that option.

	   A typical use of this option is building a kernel that
	   does not use, and hence need not save and restore, any
	   floating-point registers.

       -mieee
	   The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hard-
	   ware optimized for maximum performance.  It is mostly
	   compliant with the IEEE floating point standard.  How-
	   ever, for full compliance, software assistance is
	   required.  This option generates code fully IEEE com-
	   pliant code except that the inexact-flag is not main-
	   tained (see below).	If this option is turned on, the
	   preprocessor macro "_IEEE_FP" is defined during compi-
	   lation.  The resulting code is less efficient but is
	   able to correctly support denormalized numbers and
	   exceptional IEEE values such as not-a-number and
	   plus/minus infinity.	 Other Alpha compilers call this
	   option -ieee_with_no_inexact.

       -mieee-with-inexact
	   This is like -mieee except the generated code also
	   maintains the IEEE inexact-flag.  Turning on this
	   option causes the generated code to implement fully-
	   compliant IEEE math.	 In addition to "_IEEE_FP",
	   "_IEEE_FP_EXACT" is defined as a preprocessor macro.
	   On some Alpha implementations the resulting code may
	   execute significantly slower than the code generated
	   by default.	Since there is very little code that
	   depends on the inexact-flag, you should normally not
	   specify this option.	 Other Alpha compilers call this
	   option -ieee_with_inexact.

       -mfp-trap-mode=trap-mode
	   This option controls what floating-point related traps
	   are enabled.	 Other Alpha compilers call this option
	   -fptm trap-mode.  The trap mode can be set to one of
	   four values:

	   n   This is the default (normal) setting.  The only
	       traps that are enabled are the ones that cannot be
	       disabled in software (e.g., division by zero
	       trap).

	   u   In addition to the traps enabled by n, underflow
	       traps are enabled as well.

	   su  Like su, but the instructions are marked to be
	       safe for software completion (see Alpha architec-
	       ture manual for details).

	   sui Like su, but inexact traps are enabled as well.

       -mfp-rounding-mode=rounding-mode
	   Selects the IEEE rounding mode.  Other Alpha compilers
	   call this option -fprm rounding-mode.  The rounding-
	   mode can be one of:

	   n   Normal IEEE rounding mode.  Floating point numbers
	       are rounded towards the nearest machine number or
	       towards the even machine number in case of a tie.

	   m   Round towards minus infinity.

	   c   Chopped rounding mode.  Floating point numbers are
	       rounded towards zero.

	   d   Dynamic rounding mode.  A field in the floating
	       point control register (fpcr, see Alpha architec-
	       ture reference manual) controls the rounding mode
	       in effect.  The C library initializes this regis-
	       ter for rounding towards plus infinity.	Thus,
	       unless your program modifies the fpcr, d corre-
	       sponds to round towards plus infinity.

       -mtrap-precision=trap-precision
	   In the Alpha architecture, floating point traps are
	   imprecise.  This means without software assistance it
	   is impossible to recover from a floating trap and pro-
	   gram execution normally needs to be terminated.  GCC
	   can generate code that can assist operating system
	   trap handlers in determining the exact location that
	   caused a floating point trap.  Depending on the
	   requirements of an application, different levels of
	   precisions can be selected:

	   p   Program precision.  This option is the default and
	       means a trap handler can only identify which pro-
	       gram caused a floating point exception.

	   f   Function precision.  The trap handler can deter-
	       mine the function that caused a floating point
	       exception.

	   i   Instruction precision.  The trap handler can
	       determine the exact instruction that caused a
	       floating point exception.

	   Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options
	   called -scope_safe and -resumption_safe.

       -mieee-conformant
	   This option marks the generated code as IEEE confor-
	   mant.  You must not use this option unless you also
	   specify -mtrap-precision=i and either
	   -mfp-trap-mode=su or -mfp-trap-mode=sui.  Its only
	   effect is to emit the line .eflag 48 in the function
	   prologue of the generated assembly file.  Under DEC
	   Unix, this has the effect that IEEE-conformant math
	   library routines will be linked in.

       -mbuild-constants
	   Normally GCC examines a 32- or 64-bit integer constant
	   to see if it can construct it from smaller constants
	   in two or three instructions.  If it cannot, it will
	   output the constant as a literal and generate code to
	   load it from the data segment at runtime.

	   Use this option to require GCC to construct all inte-
	   ger constants using code, even if it takes more
	   instructions (the maximum is six).

	   You would typically use this option to build a shared
	   library dynamic loader.  Itself a shared library, it
	   must relocate itself in memory before it can find the
	   variables and constants in its own data segment.

       -malpha-as
       -mgas
	   Select whether to generate code to be assembled by the
	   vendor-supplied assembler (-malpha-as) or by the GNU
	   assembler -mgas.

       -mbwx
       -mno-bwx
       -mcix
       -mno-cix
       -mfix
       -mno-fix
       -mmax
       -mno-max
	   Indicate whether GCC should generate code to use the
	   optional BWX, CIX, FIX and MAX instruction sets.  The
	   default is to use the instruction sets supported by
	   the CPU type specified via -mcpu= option or that of
	   the CPU on which GCC was built if none was specified.

       -mfloat-vax
       -mfloat-ieee
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) VAX F and G
	   floating point arithmetic instead of IEEE single and
	   double precision.

       -mexplicit-relocs
       -mno-explicit-relocs
	   Older Alpha assemblers provided no way to generate
	   symbol relocations except via assembler macros.  Use
	   of these macros does not allow optimal instruction
	   scheduling.	GNU binutils as of version 2.12 supports
	   a new syntax that allows the compiler to explicitly
	   mark which relocations should apply to which instruc-
	   tions.  This option is mostly useful for debugging, as
	   GCC detects the capabilities of the assembler when it
	   is built and sets the default accordingly.

       -msmall-data
       -mlarge-data
	   When -mexplicit-relocs is in effect, static data is
	   accessed via gp-relative relocations.  When
	   -msmall-data is used, objects 8 bytes long or smaller
	   are placed in a small data area (the ".sdata" and
	   ".sbss" sections) and are accessed via 16-bit reloca-
	   tions off of the $gp register.  This limits the size
	   of the small data area to 64KB, but allows the vari-
	   ables to be directly accessed via a single instruc-
	   tion.

	   The default is -mlarge-data.	 With this option the
	   data area is limited to just below 2GB.  Programs that
	   require more than 2GB of data must use "malloc" or
	   "mmap" to allocate the data in the heap instead of in
	   the program's data segment.

	   When generating code for shared libraries, -fpic
	   implies -msmall-data and -fPIC implies -mlarge-data.

       -mcpu=cpu_type
	   Set the instruction set and instruction scheduling
	   parameters for machine type cpu_type.  You can specify
	   either the EV style name or the corresponding chip
	   number.  GCC supports scheduling parameters for the
	   EV4, EV5 and EV6 family of processors and will choose
	   the default values for the instruction set from the
	   processor you specify.  If you do not specify a pro-
	   cessor type, GCC will default to the processor on
	   which the compiler was built.

	   Supported values for cpu_type are

	   ev4
	   ev45
	   21064
	       Schedules as an EV4 and has no instruction set
	       extensions.

	   ev5
	   21164
	       Schedules as an EV5 and has no instruction set
	       extensions.

	   ev56
	   21164a
	       Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX exten-
	       sion.

	   pca56
	   21164pc
	   21164PC
	       Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX and MAX
	       extensions.

	   ev6
	   21264
	       Schedules as an EV6 and supports the BWX, FIX, and
	       MAX extensions.

	   ev67
	   21264a
	       Schedules as an EV6 and supports the BWX, CIX,
	       FIX, and MAX extensions.

       -mtune=cpu_type
	   Set only the instruction scheduling parameters for
	   machine type cpu_type.  The instruction set is not
	   changed.

       -mmemory-latency=time
	   Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typi-
	   cal memory references as seen by the application.
	   This number is highly dependent on the memory access
	   patterns used by the application and the size of the
	   external cache on the machine.

	   Valid options for time are

	   number
	       A decimal number representing clock cycles.

	   L1
	   L2
	   L3
	   main
	       The compiler contains estimates of the number of
	       clock cycles for ``typical'' EV4 & EV5 hardware
	       for the Level 1, 2 & 3 caches (also called Dcache,
	       Scache, and Bcache), as well as to main memory.
	       Note that L3 is only valid for EV5.

       DEC Alpha/VMS Options

       These -m options are defined for the DEC Alpha/VMS imple-
       mentations:

       -mvms-return-codes
	   Return VMS condition codes from main.  The default is
	   to return POSIX style condition (e.g. error) codes.

       H8/300 Options

       These -m options are defined for the H8/300 implementa-
       tions:

       -mrelax
	   Shorten some address references at link time, when
	   possible; uses the linker option -relax.

       -mh Generate code for the H8/300H.

       -ms Generate code for the H8S.

       -mn Generate code for the H8S and H8/300H in the normal
	   mode.  This switch must be used either with -mh or
	   -ms.

       -ms2600
	   Generate code for the H8S/2600.  This switch must be
	   used with -ms.

       -mint32
	   Make "int" data 32 bits by default.

       -malign-300
	   On the H8/300H and H8S, use the same alignment rules
	   as for the H8/300.  The default for the H8/300H and
	   H8S is to align longs and floats on 4 byte boundaries.
	   -malign-300 causes them to be aligned on 2 byte bound-
	   aries.  This option has no effect on the H8/300.

       SH Options

       These -m options are defined for the SH implementations:

       -m1 Generate code for the SH1.

       -m2 Generate code for the SH2.

       -m3 Generate code for the SH3.

       -m3e
	   Generate code for the SH3e.

       -m4-nofpu
	   Generate code for the SH4 without a floating-point
	   unit.

       -m4-single-only
	   Generate code for the SH4 with a floating-point unit
	   that only supports single-precision arithmetic.

       -m4-single
	   Generate code for the SH4 assuming the floating-point
	   unit is in single-precision mode by default.

       -m4 Generate code for the SH4.

       -mb Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.

       -ml Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.

       -mdalign
	   Align doubles at 64-bit boundaries.	Note that this
	   changes the calling conventions, and thus some func-
	   tions from the standard C library will not work unless
	   you recompile it first with -mdalign.

       -mrelax
	   Shorten some address references at link time, when
	   possible; uses the linker option -relax.

       -mbigtable
	   Use 32-bit offsets in "switch" tables.  The default is
	   to use 16-bit offsets.

       -mfmovd
	   Enable the use of the instruction "fmovd".

       -mhitachi
	   Comply with the calling conventions defined by
	   Hitachi.

       -mnomacsave
	   Mark the "MAC" register as call-clobbered, even if
	   -mhitachi is given.

       -mieee
	   Increase IEEE-compliance of floating-point code.

       -misize
	   Dump instruction size and location in the assembly
	   code.

       -mpadstruct
	   This option is deprecated.  It pads structures to mul-
	   tiple of 4 bytes, which is incompatible with the SH
	   ABI.

       -mspace
	   Optimize for space instead of speed.	 Implied by -Os.

       -mprefergot
	   When generating position-independent code, emit func-
	   tion calls using the Global Offset Table instead of
	   the Procedure Linkage Table.

       -musermode
	   Generate a library function call to invalidate
	   instruction cache entries, after fixing up a trampo-
	   line.  This library function call doesn't assume it
	   can write to the whole memory address space.	 This is
	   the default when the target is "sh-*-linux*".

       Options for System V

       These additional options are available on System V Release
       4 for compatibility with other compilers on those systems:

       -G  Create a shared object.  It is recommended that -sym-
	   bolic or -shared be used instead.

       -Qy Identify the versions of each tool used by the com-
	   piler, in a ".ident" assembler directive in the out-
	   put.

       -Qn Refrain from adding ".ident" directives to the output
	   file (this is the default).

       -YP,dirs
	   Search the directories dirs, and no others, for
	   libraries specified with -l.

       -Ym,dir
	   Look in the directory dir to find the M4 preprocessor.
	   The assembler uses this option.

       TMS320C3x/C4x Options

       These -m options are defined for TMS320C3x/C4x implementa-
       tions:

       -mcpu=cpu_type
	   Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction
	   scheduling parameters for machine type cpu_type.  Sup-
	   ported values for cpu_type are c30, c31, c32, c40, and
	   c44.	 The default is c40 to generate code for the
	   TMS320C40.

       -mbig-memory
       -mbig
       -msmall-memory
       -msmall
	   Generates code for the big or small memory model.  The
	   small memory model assumed that all data fits into one
	   64K word page.  At run-time the data page (DP) regis-
	   ter must be set to point to the 64K page containing
	   the .bss and .data program sections.	 The big memory
	   model is the default and requires reloading of the DP
	   register for every direct memory access.

       -mbk
       -mno-bk
	   Allow (disallow) allocation of general integer
	   operands into the block count register BK.

       -mdb
       -mno-db
	   Enable (disable) generation of code using decrement
	   and branch, DBcond(D), instructions.	 This is enabled
	   by default for the C4x.  To be on the safe side, this
	   is disabled for the C3x, since the maximum iteration
	   count on the C3x is 2^{23 + 1} (but who iterates loops
	   more than 2^{23} times on the C3x?).	 Note that GCC
	   will try to reverse a loop so that it can utilize the
	   decrement and branch instruction, but will give up if
	   there is more than one memory reference in the loop.
	   Thus a loop where the loop counter is decremented can
	   generate slightly more efficient code, in cases where
	   the RPTB instruction cannot be utilized.

       -mdp-isr-reload
       -mparanoid
	   Force the DP register to be saved on entry to an
	   interrupt service routine (ISR), reloaded to point to
	   the data section, and restored on exit from the ISR.
	   This should not be required unless someone has vio-
	   lated the small memory model by modifying the DP reg-
	   ister, say within an object library.

       -mmpyi
       -mno-mpyi
	   For the C3x use the 24-bit MPYI instruction for inte-
	   ger multiplies instead of a library call to guarantee
	   32-bit results.  Note that if one of the operands is a
	   constant, then the multiplication will be performed
	   using shifts and adds.  If the -mmpyi option is not
	   specified for the C3x, then squaring operations are
	   performed inline instead of a library call.

       -mfast-fix
       -mno-fast-fix
	   The C3x/C4x FIX instruction to convert a floating
	   point value to an integer value chooses the nearest
	   integer less than or equal to the floating point value
	   rather than to the nearest integer.	Thus if the
	   floating point number is negative, the result will be
	   incorrectly truncated an additional code is necessary
	   to detect and correct this case.  This option can be
	   used to disable generation of the additional code
	   required to correct the result.

       -mrptb
       -mno-rptb
	   Enable (disable) generation of repeat block sequences
	   using the RPTB instruction for zero overhead looping.
	   The RPTB construct is only used for innermost loops
	   that do not call functions or jump across the loop
	   boundaries.	There is no advantage having nested RPTB
	   loops due to the overhead required to save and restore
	   the RC, RS, and RE registers.  This is enabled by
	   default with -O2.

       -mrpts=count
       -mno-rpts
	   Enable (disable) the use of the single instruction
	   repeat instruction RPTS.  If a repeat block contains a
	   single instruction, and the loop count can be guaran-
	   teed to be less than the value count, GCC will emit a
	   RPTS instruction instead of a RPTB.	If no value is
	   specified, then a RPTS will be emitted even if the
	   loop count cannot be determined at compile time.  Note
	   that the repeated instruction following RPTS does not
	   have to be reloaded from memory each iteration, thus
	   freeing up the CPU buses for operands.  However, since
	   interrupts are blocked by this instruction, it is dis-
	   abled by default.

       -mloop-unsigned
       -mno-loop-unsigned
	   The maximum iteration count when using RPTS and RPTB
	   (and DB on the C40) is 2^{31 + 1} since these instruc-
	   tions test if the iteration count is negative to ter-
	   minate the loop.  If the iteration count is unsigned
	   there is a possibility than the 2^{31 + 1} maximum
	   iteration count may be exceeded.  This switch allows
	   an unsigned iteration count.

       -mti
	   Try to emit an assembler syntax that the TI assembler
	   (asm30) is happy with.  This also enforces compatibil-
	   ity with the API employed by the TI C3x C compiler.
	   For example, long doubles are passed as structures
	   rather than in floating point registers.

       -mregparm
       -mmemparm
	   Generate code that uses registers (stack) for passing
	   arguments to functions.  By default, arguments are
	   passed in registers where possible rather than by
	   pushing arguments on to the stack.

       -mparallel-insns
       -mno-parallel-insns
	   Allow the generation of parallel instructions.  This
	   is enabled by default with -O2.

       -mparallel-mpy
       -mno-parallel-mpy
	   Allow the generation of MPY||ADD and MPY||SUB parallel
	   instructions, provided -mparallel-insns is also speci-
	   fied.  These instructions have tight register con-
	   straints which can pessimize the code generation of
	   large functions.

       V850 Options

       These -m options are defined for V850 implementations:

       -mlong-calls
       -mno-long-calls
	   Treat all calls as being far away (near).  If calls
	   are assumed to be far away, the compiler will always
	   load the functions address up into a register, and
	   call indirect through the pointer.

       -mno-ep
       -mep
	   Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use
	   the same index pointer 4 or more times to copy pointer
	   into the "ep" register, and use the shorter "sld" and
	   "sst" instructions.	The -mep option is on by default
	   if you optimize.

       -mno-prolog-function
       -mprolog-function
	   Do not use (do use) external functions to save and
	   restore registers at the prolog and epilog of a func-
	   tion.  The external functions are slower, but use less
	   code space if more than one function saves the same
	   number of registers.	 The -mprolog-function option is
	   on by default if you optimize.

       -mspace
	   Try to make the code as small as possible.  At pre-
	   sent, this just turns on the -mep and -mprolog-func-
	   tion options.

       -mtda=n
	   Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes
	   or less into the tiny data area that register "ep"
	   points to.  The tiny data area can hold up to 256
	   bytes in total (128 bytes for byte references).

       -msda=n
	   Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes
	   or less into the small data area that register "gp"
	   points to.  The small data area can hold up to 64
	   kilobytes.

       -mzda=n
	   Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes
	   or less into the first 32 kilobytes of memory.

       -mv850
	   Specify that the target processor is the V850.

       -mbig-switch
	   Generate code suitable for big switch tables.  Use
	   this option only if the assembler/linker complain
	   about out of range branches within a switch table.

       -mapp-regs
	   This option will cause r2 and r5 to be used in the
	   code generated by the compiler.  This setting is the
	   default.

       -mno-app-regs
	   This option will cause r2 and r5 to be treated as
	   fixed registers.

       -mv850e
	   Specify that the target processor is the V850E.  The
	   preprocessor constant __v850e__ will be defined if
	   this option is used.

	   If neither -mv850 nor -mv850e are defined then a
	   default target processor will be chosen and the rele-
	   vant __v850*__ preprocessor constant will be defined.

	   The preprocessor constants __v850 and __v851__ are
	   always defined, regardless of which processor variant
	   is the target.

       -mdisable-callt
	   This option will suppress generation of the CALLT
	   instruction for the v850e flavors of the v850 archi-
	   tecture.  The default is -mno-disable-callt which
	   allows the CALLT instruction to be used.

       ARC Options

       These options are defined for ARC implementations:

       -EL Compile code for little endian mode.	 This is the
	   default.

       -EB Compile code for big endian mode.

       -mmangle-cpu
	   Prepend the name of the cpu to all public symbol
	   names.  In multiple-processor systems, there are many
	   ARC variants with different instruction and register
	   set characteristics.	 This flag prevents code compiled
	   for one cpu to be linked with code compiled for
	   another.  No facility exists for handling variants
	   that are ``almost identical''.  This is an all or
	   nothing option.

       -mcpu=cpu
	   Compile code for ARC variant cpu.  Which variants are
	   supported depend on the configuration.  All variants
	   support -mcpu=base, this is the default.

       -mtext=text-section
       -mdata=data-section
       -mrodata=readonly-data-section
	   Put functions, data, and readonly data in text-sec-
	   tion, data-section, and readonly-data-section respec-
	   tively by default.  This can be overridden with the
	   "section" attribute.

       NS32K Options

       These are the -m options defined for the 32000 series.
       The default values for these options depends on which
       style of 32000 was selected when the compiler was config-
       ured; the defaults for the most common choices are given
       below.

       -m32032
       -m32032
	   Generate output for a 32032.	 This is the default when
	   the compiler is configured for 32032 and 32016 based
	   systems.

       -m32332
       -m32332
	   Generate output for a 32332.	 This is the default when
	   the compiler is configured for 32332-based systems.

       -m32532
       -m32532
	   Generate output for a 32532.	 This is the default when
	   the compiler is configured for 32532-based systems.

       -m32081
	   Generate output containing 32081 instructions for
	   floating point.  This is the default for all systems.

       -m32381
	   Generate output containing 32381 instructions for
	   floating point.  This also implies -m32081.	The 32381
	   is only compatible with the 32332 and 32532 cpus.
	   This is the default for the pc532-netbsd configura-
	   tion.

       -mmulti-add
	   Try and generate multiply-add floating point instruc-
	   tions "polyF" and "dotF".  This option is only avail-
	   able if the -m32381 option is in effect.  Using these
	   instructions requires changes to register allocation
	   which generally has a negative impact on performance.
	   This option should only be enabled when compiling code
	   particularly likely to make heavy use of multiply-add
	   instructions.

       -mnomulti-add
	   Do not try and generate multiply-add floating point
	   instructions "polyF" and "dotF".  This is the default
	   on all platforms.

       -msoft-float
	   Generate output containing library calls for floating
	   point.  Warning: the requisite libraries may not be
	   available.

       -mieee-compare
       -mno-ieee-compare
	   Control whether or not the compiler uses IEEE floating
	   point comparisons.  These handle correctly the case
	   where the result of a comparison is unordered.  Warn-
	   ing: the requisite kernel support may not be avail-
	   able.

       -mnobitfield
	   Do not use the bit-field instructions.  On some
	   machines it is faster to use shifting and masking
	   operations.	This is the default for the pc532.

       -mbitfield
	   Do use the bit-field instructions.  This is the
	   default for all platforms except the pc532.

       -mrtd
	   Use a different function-calling convention, in which
	   functions that take a fixed number of arguments return
	   pop their arguments on return with the "ret" instruc-
	   tion.

	   This calling convention is incompatible with the one
	   normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you
	   need to call libraries compiled with the Unix com-
	   piler.

	   Also, you must provide function prototypes for all
	   functions that take variable numbers of arguments
	   (including "printf"); otherwise incorrect code will be
	   generated for calls to those functions.

	   In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if
	   you call a function with too many arguments.	 (Nor-
	   mally, extra arguments are harmlessly ignored.)

	   This option takes its name from the 680x0 "rtd"
	   instruction.

       -mregparam
	   Use a different function-calling convention where the
	   first two arguments are passed in registers.

	   This calling convention is incompatible with the one
	   normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you
	   need to call libraries compiled with the Unix com-
	   piler.

       -mnoregparam
	   Do not pass any arguments in registers.  This is the
	   default for all targets.

       -msb
	   It is OK to use the sb as an index register which is
	   always loaded with zero.  This is the default for the
	   pc532-netbsd target.

       -mnosb
	   The sb register is not available for use or has not
	   been initialized to zero by the run time system.  This
	   is the default for all targets except the
	   pc532-netbsd.  It is also implied whenever -mhimem or
	   -fpic is set.

       -mhimem
	   Many ns32000 series addressing modes use displacements
	   of up to 512MB.  If an address is above 512MB then
	   displacements from zero can not be used.  This option
	   causes code to be generated which can be loaded above
	   512MB.  This may be useful for operating systems or
	   ROM code.

       -mnohimem
	   Assume code will be loaded in the first 512MB of vir-
	   tual address space.	This is the default for all plat-
	   forms.

       AVR Options

       These options are defined for AVR implementations:

       -mmcu=mcu
	   Specify ATMEL AVR instruction set or MCU type.

	   Instruction set avr1 is for the minimal AVR core, not
	   supported by the C compiler, only for assembler pro-
	   grams (MCU types: at90s1200, attiny10, attiny11,
	   attiny12, attiny15, attiny28).

	   Instruction set avr2 (default) is for the classic AVR
	   core with up to 8K program memory space (MCU types:
	   at90s2313, at90s2323, attiny22, at90s2333, at90s2343,
	   at90s4414, at90s4433, at90s4434, at90s8515, at90c8534,
	   at90s8535).

	   Instruction set avr3 is for the classic AVR core with
	   up to 128K program memory space (MCU types: atmega103,
	   atmega603, at43usb320, at76c711).

	   Instruction set avr4 is for the enhanced AVR core with
	   up to 8K program memory space (MCU types: atmega8,
	   atmega83, atmega85).

	   Instruction set avr5 is for the enhanced AVR core with
	   up to 128K program memory space (MCU types: atmega16,
	   atmega161, atmega163, atmega32, atmega323, atmega64,
	   atmega128, at43usb355, at94k).

       -msize
	   Output instruction sizes to the asm file.

       -minit-stack=N
	   Specify the initial stack address, which may be a sym-
	   bol or numeric value, __stack is the default.

       -mno-interrupts
	   Generated code is not compatible with hardware inter-
	   rupts.  Code size will be smaller.

       -mcall-prologues
	   Functions prologues/epilogues expanded as call to
	   appropriate subroutines.  Code size will be smaller.

       -mno-tablejump
	   Do not generate tablejump insns which sometimes
	   increase code size.

       -mtiny-stack
	   Change only the low 8 bits of the stack pointer.

       MCore Options

       These are the -m options defined for the Motorola M*Core
       processors.

       -mhardlit
       -mno-hardlit
	   Inline constants into the code stream if it can be
	   done in two instructions or less.

       -mdiv
       -mno-div
	   Use the divide instruction.	(Enabled by default).

       -mrelax-immediate
       -mno-relax-immediate
	   Allow arbitrary sized immediates in bit operations.

       -mwide-bitfields
       -mno-wide-bitfields
	   Always treat bit-fields as int-sized.

       -m4byte-functions
       -mno-4byte-functions
	   Force all functions to be aligned to a four byte
	   boundary.

       -mcallgraph-data
       -mno-callgraph-data
	   Emit callgraph information.

       -mslow-bytes
       -mno-slow-bytes
	   Prefer word access when reading byte quantities.

       -mlittle-endian
       -mbig-endian
	   Generate code for a little endian target.

       -m210
       -m340
	   Generate code for the 210 processor.

       IA-64 Options

       These are the -m options defined for the Intel IA-64
       architecture.

       -mbig-endian
	   Generate code for a big endian target.  This is the
	   default for HP-UX.

       -mlittle-endian
	   Generate code for a little endian target.  This is the
	   default for AIX5 and Linux.

       -mgnu-as
       -mno-gnu-as
	   Generate (or don't) code for the GNU assembler.  This
	   is the default.

       -mgnu-ld
       -mno-gnu-ld
	   Generate (or don't) code for the GNU linker.	 This is
	   the default.

       -mno-pic
	   Generate code that does not use a global pointer reg-
	   ister.  The result is not position independent code,
	   and violates the IA-64 ABI.

       -mvolatile-asm-stop
       -mno-volatile-asm-stop
	   Generate (or don't) a stop bit immediately before and
	   after volatile asm statements.

       -mb-step
	   Generate code that works around Itanium B step errata.

       -mregister-names
       -mno-register-names
	   Generate (or don't) in, loc, and out register names
	   for the stacked registers.  This may make assembler
	   output more readable.

       -mno-sdata
       -msdata
	   Disable (or enable) optimizations that use the small
	   data section.  This may be useful for working around
	   optimizer bugs.

       -mconstant-gp
	   Generate code that uses a single constant global
	   pointer value.  This is useful when compiling kernel
	   code.

       -mauto-pic
	   Generate code that is self-relocatable.  This implies
	   -mconstant-gp.  This is useful when compiling firmware
	   code.

       -minline-float-divide-min-latency
	   Generate code for inline divides of floating point
	   values using the minimum latency algorithm.

       -minline-float-divide-max-throughput
	   Generate code for inline divides of floating point
	   values using the maximum throughput algorithm.

       -minline-int-divide-min-latency
	   Generate code for inline divides of integer values
	   using the minimum latency algorithm.

       -minline-int-divide-max-throughput
	   Generate code for inline divides of integer values
	   using the maximum throughput algorithm.

       -mno-dwarf2-asm
       -mdwarf2-asm
	   Don't (or do) generate assembler code for the DWARF2
	   line number debugging info.	This may be useful when
	   not using the GNU assembler.

       -mfixed-range=register-range
	   Generate code treating the given register range as
	   fixed registers.  A fixed register is one that the
	   register allocator can not use.  This is useful when
	   compiling kernel code.  A register range is specified
	   as two registers separated by a dash.  Multiple regis-
	   ter ranges can be specified separated by a comma.

       D30V Options

       These -m options are defined for D30V implementations:

       -mextmem
	   Link the .text, .data, .bss, .strings, .rodata,
	   .rodata1, .data1 sections into external memory, which
	   starts at location 0x80000000.

       -mextmemory
	   Same as the -mextmem switch.

       -monchip
	   Link the .text section into onchip text memory, which
	   starts at location 0x0.  Also link .data, .bss,
	   .strings, .rodata, .rodata1, .data1 sections into
	   onchip data memory, which starts at location
	   0x20000000.

       -mno-asm-optimize
       -masm-optimize
	   Disable (enable) passing -O to the assembler when
	   optimizing.	The assembler uses the -O option to auto-
	   matically parallelize adjacent short instructions
	   where possible.

       -mbranch-cost=n
	   Increase the internal costs of branches to n.  Higher
	   costs means that the compiler will issue more instruc-
	   tions to avoid doing a branch.  The default is 2.

       -mcond-exec=n
	   Specify the maximum number of conditionally executed
	   instructions that replace a branch.	The default is 4.

       S/390 and zSeries Options

       These are the -m options defined for the S/390 and zSeries
       architecture.

       -mhard-float
       -msoft-float
	   Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instruc-
	   tions and registers for floating-point operations.
	   When -msoft-float is specified, functions in libgcc.a
	   will be used to perform floating-point operations.
	   When -mhard-float is specified, the compiler generates
	   IEEE floating-point instructions.  This is the
	   default.

       -mbackchain
       -mno-backchain
	   Generate (or do not generate) code which maintains an
	   explicit backchain within the stack frame that points
	   to the caller's frame.  This is currently needed to
	   allow debugging.  The default is to generate the
	   backchain.

       -msmall-exec
       -mno-small-exec
	   Generate (or do not generate) code using the "bras"
	   instruction to do subroutine calls.	This only works
	   reliably if the total executable size does not exceed
	   64k.	 The default is to use the "basr" instruction
	   instead, which does not have this limitation.

       -m64
       -m31
	   When -m31 is specified, generate code compliant to the
	   Linux for S/390 ABI.	 When -m64 is specified, generate
	   code compliant to the Linux for zSeries ABI.	 This
	   allows GCC in particular to generate 64-bit instruc-
	   tions.  For the s390 targets, the default is -m31,
	   while the s390x targets default to -m64.

       -mmvcle
       -mno-mvcle
	   Generate (or do not generate) code using the "mvcle"
	   instruction to perform block moves.	When -mno-mvcle
	   is specified, use a "mvc" loop instead.  This is the
	   default.

       -mdebug
       -mno-debug
	   Print (or do not print) additional debug information
	   when compiling.  The default is to not print debug
	   information.

       CRIS Options

       These options are defined specifically for the CRIS ports.

       -march=architecture-type
       -mcpu=architecture-type
	   Generate code for the specified architecture.  The
	   choices for architecture-type are v3, v8 and v10 for
	   respectively ETRAX 4, ETRAX 100, and ETRAX 100 LX.
	   Default is v0 except for cris-axis-linux-gnu, where
	   the default is v10.

       -mtune=architecture-type
	   Tune to architecture-type everything applicable about
	   the generated code, except for the ABI and the set of
	   available instructions.  The choices for architecture-
	   type are the same as for -march=architecture-type.

       -mmax-stack-frame=n
	   Warn when the stack frame of a function exceeds n
	   bytes.

       -melinux-stacksize=n
	   Only available with the cris-axis-aout target.
	   Arranges for indications in the program to the kernel
	   loader that the stack of the program should be set to
	   n bytes.

       -metrax4
       -metrax100
	   The options -metrax4 and -metrax100 are synonyms for
	   -march=v3 and -march=v8 respectively.

       -mpdebug
	   Enable CRIS-specific verbose debug-related information
	   in the assembly code.  This option also has the effect
	   to turn off the #NO_APP formatted-code indicator to
	   the assembler at the beginning of the assembly file.

       -mcc-init
	   Do not use condition-code results from previous
	   instruction; always emit compare and test instructions
	   before use of condition codes.

       -mno-side-effects
	   Do not emit instructions with side-effects in address-
	   ing modes other than post-increment.

       -mstack-align
       -mno-stack-align
       -mdata-align
       -mno-data-align
       -mconst-align
       -mno-const-align
	   These options (no-options) arranges (eliminate
	   arrangements) for the stack-frame, individual data and
	   constants to be aligned for the maximum single data
	   access size for the chosen CPU model.  The default is
	   to arrange for 32-bit alignment.  ABI details such as
	   structure layout are not affected by these options.

       -m32-bit
       -m16-bit
       -m8-bit
	   Similar to the stack- data- and const-align options
	   above, these options arrange for stack-frame, writable
	   data and constants to all be 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit
	   aligned.  The default is 32-bit alignment.

       -mno-prologue-epilogue
       -mprologue-epilogue
	   With -mno-prologue-epilogue, the normal function pro-
	   logue and epilogue that sets up the stack-frame are
	   omitted and no return instructions or return sequences
	   are generated in the code.  Use this option only
	   together with visual inspection of the compiled code:
	   no warnings or errors are generated when call-saved
	   registers must be saved, or storage for local variable
	   needs to be allocated.

       -mno-gotplt
       -mgotplt
	   With -fpic and -fPIC, don't generate (do generate)
	   instruction sequences that load addresses for func-
	   tions from the PLT part of the GOT rather than (tradi-
	   tional on other architectures) calls to the PLT.  The
	   default is -mgotplt.

       -maout
	   Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-
	   axis-aout target.

       -melf
	   Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-
	   axis-elf and cris-axis-linux-gnu targets.

       -melinux
	   Only recognized with the cris-axis-aout target, where
	   it selects a GNU/linux-like multilib, include files
	   and instruction set for -march=v8.

       -mlinux
	   Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-
	   axis-linux-gnu target.

       -sim
	   This option, recognized for the cris-axis-aout and
	   cris-axis-elf arranges to link with input-output func-
	   tions from a simulator library.  Code, initialized
	   data and zero-initialized data are allocated consecu-
	   tively.

       -sim2
	   Like -sim, but pass linker options to locate initial-
	   ized data at 0x40000000 and zero-initialized data at
	   0x80000000.

       MMIX Options

       These options are defined for the MMIX:

       -mlibfuncs
       -mno-libfuncs
	   Specify that intrinsic library functions are being
	   compiled, passing all values in registers, no matter
	   the size.

       -mepsilon
       -mno-epsilon
	   Generate floating-point comparison instructions that
	   compare with respect to the "rE" epsilon register.

       -mabi=mmixware
       -mabi=gnu
	   Generate code that passes function parameters and
	   return values that (in the called function) are seen
	   as registers $0 and up, as opposed to the GNU ABI
	   which uses global registers $231 and up.

       -mzero-extend
       -mno-zero-extend
	   When reading data from memory in sizes shorter than 64
	   bits, use (do not use) zero-extending load instruc-
	   tions by default, rather than sign-extending ones.

       -mknuthdiv
       -mno-knuthdiv
	   Make the result of a division yielding a remainder
	   have the same sign as the divisor.  With the default,
	   -mno-knuthdiv, the sign of the remainder follows the
	   sign of the dividend.  Both methods are arithmetically
	   valid, the latter being almost exclusively used.

       -mtoplevel-symbols
       -mno-toplevel-symbols
	   Prepend (do not prepend) a : to all global symbols, so
	   the assembly code can be used with the "PREFIX" assem-
	   bly directive.

       -melf
	   Generate an executable in the ELF format, rather than
	   the default mmo format used by the mmix simulator.

       -mbranch-predict
       -mno-branch-predict
	   Use (do not use) the probable-branch instructions,
	   when static branch prediction indicates a probable
	   branch.

       -mbase-addresses
       -mno-base-addresses
	   Generate (do not generate) code that uses base
	   addresses.  Using a base address automatically gener-
	   ates a request (handled by the assembler and the
	   linker) for a constant to be set up in a global regis-
	   ter.	 The register is used for one or more base
	   address requests within the range 0 to 255 from the
	   value held in the register.	The generally leads to
	   short and fast code, but the number of different data
	   items that can be addressed is limited.  This means
	   that a program that uses lots of static data may
	   require -mno-base-addresses.

       -msingle-exit
       -mno-single-exit
	   Force (do not force) generated code to have a single
	   exit point in each function.

       PDP-11 Options

       These options are defined for the PDP-11:

       -mfpu
	   Use hardware FPP floating point.  This is the default.
	   (FIS floating point on the PDP-11/40 is not sup-
	   ported.)

       -msoft-float
	   Do not use hardware floating point.

       -mac0
	   Return floating-point results in ac0 (fr0 in Unix
	   assembler syntax).

       -mno-ac0
	   Return floating-point results in memory.  This is the
	   default.

       -m40
	   Generate code for a PDP-11/40.

       -m45
	   Generate code for a PDP-11/45.  This is the default.

       -m10
	   Generate code for a PDP-11/10.

       -mbcopy-builtin
	   Use inline "movstrhi" patterns for copying memory.
	   This is the default.

       -mbcopy
	   Do not use inline "movstrhi" patterns for copying mem-
	   ory.

       -mint16
       -mno-int32
	   Use 16-bit "int".  This is the default.

       -mint32
       -mno-int16
	   Use 32-bit "int".

       -mfloat64
       -mno-float32
	   Use 64-bit "float".	This is the default.

       -mfloat32
       -mno-float64
	   Use 32-bit "float".

       -mabshi
	   Use "abshi2" pattern.  This is the default.

       -mno-abshi
	   Do not use "abshi2" pattern.

       -mbranch-expensive
	   Pretend that branches are expensive.	 This is for
	   experimenting with code generation only.

       -mbranch-cheap
	   Do not pretend that branches are expensive.	This is
	   the default.

       -msplit
	   Generate code for a system with split I&D.

       -mno-split
	   Generate code for a system without split I&D.  This is
	   the default.

       -munix-asm
	   Use Unix assembler syntax.  This is the default when
	   configured for pdp11-*-bsd.

       -mdec-asm
	   Use DEC assembler syntax.  This is the default when
	   configured for any PDP-11 target other than
	   pdp11-*-bsd.

       Xstormy16 Options

       These options are defined for Xstormy16:

       -msim
	   Choose startup files and linker script suitable for
	   the simulator.

       FRV Options

       -mgpr-32
	   Only use the first 32 general purpose registers.

       -mgpr-64
	   Use all 64 general purpose registers.

       -mfpr-32
	   Use only the first 32 floating point registers.

       -mfpr-64
	   Use all 64 floating point registers

       -mhard-float
	   Use hardware instructions for floating point opera-
	   tions.

       -msoft-float
	   Use library routines for floating point operations.

       -malloc-cc
	   Dynamically allocate condition code registers.

       -mfixed-cc
	   Do not try to dynamically allocate condition code reg-
	   isters, only use "icc0" and "fcc0".

       -mdword
	   Change ABI to use double word insns.

       -mno-dword
	   Do not use double word instructions.

       -mdouble
	   Use floating point double instructions.

       -mno-double
	   Do not use floating point double instructions.

       -mmedia
	   Use media instructions.

       -mno-media
	   Do not use media instructions.

       -mmuladd
	   Use multiply and add/subtract instructions.

       -mno-muladd
	   Do not use multiply and add/subtract instructions.

       -mlibrary-pic
	   Enable PIC support for building libraries

       -macc-4
	   Use only the first four media accumulator registers.

       -macc-8
	   Use all eight media accumulator registers.

       -mpack
	   Pack VLIW instructions.

       -mno-pack
	   Do not pack VLIW instructions.

       -mno-eflags
	   Do not mark ABI switches in e_flags.

       -mcond-move
	   Enable the use of conditional-move instructions
	   (default).

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and
	   will likely be removed in a future version.

       -mno-cond-move
	   Disable the use of conditional-move instructions.

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and
	   will likely be removed in a future version.

       -mscc
	   Enable the use of conditional set instructions
	   (default).

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and
	   will likely be removed in a future version.

       -mno-scc
	   Disable the use of conditional set instructions.

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and
	   will likely be removed in a future version.

       -mcond-exec
	   Enable the use of conditional execution (default).

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and
	   will likely be removed in a future version.

       -mno-cond-exec
	   Disable the use of conditional execution.

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and
	   will likely be removed in a future version.

       -mvliw-branch
	   Run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instructions
	   (default).

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and
	   will likely be removed in a future version.

       -mno-vliw-branch
	   Do not run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instruc-
	   tions.

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and
	   will likely be removed in a future version.

       -mmulti-cond-exec
	   Enable optimization of "&&" and "||" in conditional
	   execution (default).

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and
	   will likely be removed in a future version.

       -mno-multi-cond-exec
	   Disable optimization of "&&" and "||" in conditional
	   execution.

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and
	   will likely be removed in a future version.

       -mnested-cond-exec
	   Enable nested conditional execution optimizations
	   (default).

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and
	   will likely be removed in a future version.

       -mno-nested-cond-exec
	   Disable nested conditional execution optimizations.

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and
	   will likely be removed in a future version.

       -mtomcat-stats
	   Cause gas to print out tomcat statistics.

       -mcpu=cpu
	   Select the processor type for which to generate code.
	   Possible values are simple, tomcat, fr500, fr400,
	   fr300, frv.

       Xtensa Options

       The Xtensa architecture is designed to support many dif-
       ferent configurations.  The compiler's default options can
       be set to match a particular Xtensa configuration by copy-
       ing a configuration file into the GCC sources when build-
       ing GCC.	 The options below may be used to override the
       default options.

       -mbig-endian
       -mlittle-endian
	   Specify big-endian or little-endian byte ordering for
	   the target Xtensa processor.

       -mdensity
       -mno-density
	   Enable or disable use of the optional Xtensa code den-
	   sity instructions.

       -mmac16
       -mno-mac16
	   Enable or disable use of the Xtensa MAC16 option.
	   When enabled, GCC will generate MAC16 instructions
	   from standard C code, with the limitation that it will
	   use neither the MR register file nor any instruction
	   that operates on the MR registers.  When this option
	   is disabled, GCC will translate 16-bit multiply/accu-
	   mulate operations to a combination of core instruc-
	   tions and library calls, depending on whether any
	   other multiplier options are enabled.

       -mmul16
       -mno-mul16
	   Enable or disable use of the 16-bit integer multiplier
	   option.  When enabled, the compiler will generate
	   16-bit multiply instructions for multiplications of 16
	   bits or smaller in standard C code.	When this option
	   is disabled, the compiler will either use 32-bit mul-
	   tiply or MAC16 instructions if they are available or
	   generate library calls to perform the multiply opera-
	   tions using shifts and adds.

       -mmul32
       -mno-mul32
	   Enable or disable use of the 32-bit integer multiplier
	   option.  When enabled, the compiler will generate
	   32-bit multiply instructions for multiplications of 32
	   bits or smaller in standard C code.	When this option
	   is disabled, the compiler will generate library calls
	   to perform the multiply operations using either shifts
	   and adds or 16-bit multiply instructions if they are
	   available.

       -mnsa
       -mno-nsa
	   Enable or disable use of the optional normalization
	   shift amount ("NSA") instructions to implement the
	   built-in "ffs" function.

       -mminmax
       -mno-minmax
	   Enable or disable use of the optional minimum and max-
	   imum value instructions.

       -msext
       -mno-sext
	   Enable or disable use of the optional sign extend
	   ("SEXT") instruction.

       -mbooleans
       -mno-booleans
	   Enable or disable support for the boolean register
	   file used by Xtensa coprocessors.  This is not typi-
	   cally useful by itself but may be required for other
	   options that make use of the boolean registers (e.g.,
	   the floating-point option).

       -mhard-float
       -msoft-float
	   Enable or disable use of the floating-point option.
	   When enabled, GCC generates floating-point instruc-
	   tions for 32-bit "float" operations.	 When this option
	   is disabled, GCC generates library calls to emulate
	   32-bit floating-point operations using integer
	   instructions.  Regardless of this option, 64-bit "dou-
	   ble" operations are always emulated with calls to
	   library functions.

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
	   Enable or disable use of fused multiply/add and multi-
	   ply/subtract instructions in the floating-point
	   option.  This has no effect if the floating-point
	   option is not also enabled.	Disabling fused multi-
	   ply/add and multiply/subtract instructions forces the
	   compiler to use separate instructions for the multiply
	   and add/subtract operations.	 This may be desirable in
	   some cases where strict IEEE 754-compliant results are
	   required: the fused multiply add/subtract instructions
	   do not round the intermediate result, thereby produc-
	   ing results with more bits of precision than specified
	   by the IEEE standard.  Disabling fused multiply
	   add/subtract instructions also ensures that the pro-
	   gram output is not sensitive to the compiler's ability
	   to combine multiply and add/subtract operations.

       -mserialize-volatile
       -mno-serialize-volatile
	   When this option is enabled, GCC inserts "MEMW"
	   instructions before "volatile" memory references to
	   guarantee sequential consistency.  The default is
	   -mserialize-volatile.  Use -mno-serialize-volatile to
	   omit the "MEMW" instructions.

       -mtext-section-literals
       -mno-text-section-literals
	   Control the treatment of literal pools.  The default
	   is -mno-text-section-literals, which places literals
	   in a separate section in the output file.  This allows
	   the literal pool to be placed in a data RAM/ROM, and
	   it also allows the linker to combine literal pools
	   from separate object files to remove redundant liter-
	   als and improve code size.  With -mtext-section-liter-
	   als, the literals are interspersed in the text section
	   in order to keep them as close as possible to their
	   references.	This may be necessary for large assembly
	   files.

       -mtarget-align
       -mno-target-align
	   When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assem-
	   bler to automatically align instructions to reduce
	   branch penalties at the expense of some code density.
	   The assembler attempts to widen density instructions
	   to align branch targets and the instructions following
	   call instructions.  If there are not enough preceding
	   safe density instructions to align a target, no widen-
	   ing will be performed.  The default is -mtarget-align.
	   These options do not affect the treatment of auto-
	   aligned instructions like "LOOP", which the assembler
	   will always align, either by widening density instruc-
	   tions or by inserting no-op instructions.

       -mlongcalls
       -mno-longcalls
	   When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assem-
	   bler to translate direct calls to indirect calls
	   unless it can determine that the target of a direct
	   call is in the range allowed by the call instruction.
	   This translation typically occurs for calls to
	   functions in other source files.  Specifically, the
	   assembler translates a direct "CALL" instruction into
	   an "L32R" followed by a "CALLX" instruction.	 The
	   default is -mno-longcalls.  This option should be used
	   in programs where the call target can potentially be
	   out of range.  This option is implemented in the
	   assembler, not the compiler, so the assembly code gen-
	   erated by GCC will still show direct call instruc-
	   tions---look at the disassembled object code to see
	   the actual instructions.  Note that the assembler will
	   use an indirect call for every cross-file call, not
	   just those that really will be out of range.

       Options for Code Generation Conventions

       These machine-independent options control the interface
       conventions used in code generation.

       Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the
       negative form of -ffoo would be -fno-foo.  In the table
       below, only one of the forms is listed---the one which is
       not the default.	 You can figure out the other form by
       either removing no- or adding it.

       -fbounds-check
	   For front-ends that support it, generate additional
	   code to check that indices used to access arrays are
	   within the declared range.  This is currently only
	   supported by the Java and Fortran 77 front-ends, where
	   this option defaults to true and false respectively.

       -ftrapv
	   This option generates traps for signed overflow on
	   addition, subtraction, multiplication operations.

       -fexceptions
	   Enable exception handling.  Generates extra code
	   needed to propagate exceptions.  For some targets,
	   this implies GCC will generate frame unwind informa-
	   tion for all functions, which can produce significant
	   data size overhead, although it does not affect execu-
	   tion.  If you do not specify this option, GCC will
	   enable it by default for languages like C++ which nor-
	   mally require exception handling, and disable it for
	   languages like C that do not normally require it.
	   However, you may need to enable this option when com-
	   piling C code that needs to interoperate properly with
	   exception handlers written in C++.  You may also wish
	   to disable this option if you are compiling older C++
	   programs that don't use exception handling.

       -fnon-call-exceptions
	   Generate code that allows trapping instructions to
	   throw exceptions.  Note that this requires platform-
	   specific runtime support that does not exist every-
	   where.  Moreover, it only allows trapping instructions
	   to throw exceptions, i.e. memory references or float-
	   ing point instructions.  It does not allow exceptions
	   to be thrown from arbitrary signal handlers such as
	   "SIGALRM".

       -funwind-tables
	   Similar to -fexceptions, except that it will just gen-
	   erate any needed static data, but will not affect the
	   generated code in any other way.  You will normally
	   not enable this option; instead, a language processor
	   that needs this handling would enable it on your
	   behalf.

       -fasynchronous-unwind-tables
	   Generate unwind table in dwarf2 format, if supported
	   by target machine.  The table is exact at each
	   instruction boundary, so it can be used for stack
	   unwinding from asynchronous events (such as debugger
	   or garbage collector).

       -fpcc-struct-return
	   Return ``short'' "struct" and "union" values in memory
	   like longer ones, rather than in registers.	This con-
	   vention is less efficient, but it has the advantage of
	   allowing intercallability between GCC-compiled files
	   and files compiled with other compilers, particularly
	   the Portable C Compiler (pcc).

	   The precise convention for returning structures in
	   memory depends on the target configuration macros.

	   Short structures and unions are those whose size and
	   alignment match that of some integer type.

	   Warning: code compiled with the -fpcc-struct-return
	   switch is not binary compatible with code compiled
	   with the -freg-struct-return switch.	 Use it to con-
	   form to a non-default application binary interface.

       -freg-struct-return
	   Return "struct" and "union" values in registers when
	   possible.  This is more efficient for small structures
	   than -fpcc-struct-return.

	   If you specify neither -fpcc-struct-return nor
	   -freg-struct-return, GCC defaults to whichever conven-
	   tion is standard for the target.  If there is no stan-
	   dard convention, GCC defaults to -fpcc-struct-return,
	   except on targets where GCC is the principal compiler.
	   In those cases, we can choose the standard, and we
	   chose the more efficient register return alternative.

	   Warning: code compiled with the -freg-struct-return
	   switch is not binary compatible with code compiled
	   with the -fpcc-struct-return switch.	 Use it to con-
	   form to a non-default application binary interface.

       -fshort-enums
	   Allocate to an "enum" type only as many bytes as it
	   needs for the declared range of possible values.
	   Specifically, the "enum" type will be equivalent to
	   the smallest integer type which has enough room.

	   Warning: the -fshort-enums switch causes GCC to gener-
	   ate code that is not binary compatible with code gen-
	   erated without that switch.	Use it to conform to a
	   non-default application binary interface.

       -fshort-double
	   Use the same size for "double" as for "float".

	   Warning: the -fshort-double switch causes GCC to gen-
	   erate code that is not binary compatible with code
	   generated without that switch.  Use it to conform to a
	   non-default application binary interface.

       -fshort-wchar
	   Override the underlying type for wchar_t to be short
	   unsigned int instead of the default for the target.
	   This option is useful for building programs to run
	   under WINE.

	   Warning: the -fshort-wchar switch causes GCC to gener-
	   ate code that is not binary compatible with code gen-
	   erated without that switch.	Use it to conform to a
	   non-default application binary interface.

       -fshared-data
	   Requests that the data and non-"const" variables of
	   this compilation be shared data rather than private
	   data.  The distinction makes sense only on certain
	   operating systems, where shared data is shared between
	   processes running the same program, while private data
	   exists in one copy per process.

       -fno-common
	   In C, allocate even uninitialized global variables in
	   the data section of the object file, rather than gen-
	   erating them as common blocks.  This has the effect
	   that if the same variable is declared (without
	   "extern") in two different compilations, you will get
	   an error when you link them.	 The only reason this
	   might be useful is if you wish to verify that the pro-
	   gram will work on other systems which always work this
	   way.

       -fno-ident
	   Ignore the #ident directive.

       -fno-gnu-linker
	   Do not output global initializations (such as C++ con-
	   structors and destructors) in the form used by the GNU
	   linker (on systems where the GNU linker is the stan-
	   dard method of handling them).  Use this option when
	   you want to use a non-GNU linker, which also requires
	   using the collect2 program to make sure the system
	   linker includes constructors and destructors.  (col-
	   lect2 is included in the GCC distribution.)	For sys-
	   tems which must use collect2, the compiler driver gcc
	   is configured to do this automatically.

       -finhibit-size-directive
	   Don't output a ".size" assembler directive, or any-
	   thing else that would cause trouble if the function is
	   split in the middle, and the two halves are placed at
	   locations far apart in memory.  This option is used
	   when compiling crtstuff.c; you should not need to use
	   it for anything else.

       -fverbose-asm
	   Put extra commentary information in the generated
	   assembly code to make it more readable.  This option
	   is generally only of use to those who actually need to
	   read the generated assembly code (perhaps while debug-
	   ging the compiler itself).

	   -fno-verbose-asm, the default, causes the extra infor-
	   mation to be omitted and is useful when comparing two
	   assembler files.

       -fvolatile
	   Consider all memory references through pointers to be
	   volatile.

       -fvolatile-global
	   Consider all memory references to extern and global
	   data items to be volatile.  GCC does not consider
	   static data items to be volatile because of this
	   switch.

       -fvolatile-static
	   Consider all memory references to static data to be
	   volatile.

       -fpic
	   Generate position-independent code (PIC) suitable for
	   use in a shared library, if supported for the target
	   machine.  Such code accesses all constant addresses
	   through a global offset table (GOT).	 The dynamic
	   loader resolves the GOT entries when the program
	   starts (the dynamic loader is not part of GCC; it is
	   part of the operating system).  If the GOT size for
	   the linked executable exceeds a machine-specific maxi-
	   mum size, you get an error message from the linker
	   indicating that -fpic does not work; in that case,
	   recompile with -fPIC instead.  (These maximums are 16k
	   on the m88k, 8k on the SPARC, and 32k on the m68k and
	   RS/6000.  The 386 has no such limit.)

	   Position-independent code requires special support,
	   and therefore works only on certain machines.  For the
	   386, GCC supports PIC for System V but not for the Sun
	   386i.  Code generated for the IBM RS/6000 is always
	   position-independent.

       -fPIC
	   If supported for the target machine, emit position-
	   independent code, suitable for dynamic linking and
	   avoiding any limit on the size of the global offset
	   table.  This option makes a difference on the m68k,
	   m88k, and the SPARC.

	   Position-independent code requires special support,
	   and therefore works only on certain machines.

       -ffixed-reg
	   Treat the register named reg as a fixed register; gen-
	   erated code should never refer to it (except perhaps
	   as a stack pointer, frame pointer or in some other
	   fixed role).

	   reg must be the name of a register.	The register
	   names accepted are machine-specific and are defined in
	   the "REGISTER_NAMES" macro in the machine description
	   macro file.

	   This flag does not have a negative form, because it
	   specifies a three-way choice.

       -fcall-used-reg
	   Treat the register named reg as an allocable register
	   that is clobbered by function calls.	 It may be allo-
	   cated for temporaries or variables that do not live
	   across a call.  Functions compiled this way will not
	   save and restore the register reg.

	   It is an error to used this flag with the frame
	   pointer or stack pointer.  Use of this flag for other
	   registers that have fixed pervasive roles in the
	   machine's execution model will produce disastrous
	   results.

	   This flag does not have a negative form, because it
	   specifies a three-way choice.

       -fcall-saved-reg
	   Treat the register named reg as an allocable register
	   saved by functions.	It may be allocated even for tem-
	   poraries or variables that live across a call.  Func-
	   tions compiled this way will save and restore the reg-
	   ister reg if they use it.

	   It is an error to used this flag with the frame
	   pointer or stack pointer.  Use of this flag for other
	   registers that have fixed pervasive roles in the
	   machine's execution model will produce disastrous
	   results.

	   A different sort of disaster will result from the use
	   of this flag for a register in which function values
	   may be returned.

	   This flag does not have a negative form, because it
	   specifies a three-way choice.

       -fpack-struct
	   Pack all structure members together without holes.

	   Warning: the -fpack-struct switch causes GCC to gener-
	   ate code that is not binary compatible with code gen-
	   erated without that switch.	Additionally, it makes
	   the code suboptimal.	 Use it to conform to a non-
	   default application binary interface.

       -finstrument-functions
	   Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to
	   functions.  Just after function entry and just before
	   function exit, the following profiling functions will
	   be called with the address of the current function and
	   its call site.  (On some platforms,
	   "__builtin_return_address" does not work beyond the
	   current function, so the call site information may not
	   be available to the profiling functions otherwise.)

		   void __cyg_profile_func_enter (void *this_fn,
						  void *call_site);
		   void __cyg_profile_func_exit	 (void *this_fn,
						  void *call_site);

	   The first argument is the address of the start of the
	   current function, which may be looked up exactly in
	   the symbol table.

	   This instrumentation is also done for functions
	   expanded inline in other functions.	The profiling
	   calls will indicate where, conceptually, the inline
	   function is entered and exited.  This means that
	   addressable versions of such functions must be avail-
	   able.  If all your uses of a function are expanded
	   inline, this may mean an additional expansion of code
	   size.  If you use extern inline in your C code, an
	   addressable version of such functions must be pro-
	   vided.  (This is normally the case anyways, but if you
	   get lucky and the optimizer always expands the
	   functions inline, you might have gotten away without
	   providing static copies.)

	   A function may be given the attribute "no_instru-
	   ment_function", in which case this instrumentation
	   will not be done.  This can be used, for example, for
	   the profiling functions listed above, high-priority
	   interrupt routines, and any functions from which the
	   profiling functions cannot safely be called (perhaps
	   signal handlers, if the profiling routines generate
	   output or allocate memory).

       -fstack-check
	   Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the
	   boundary of the stack.  You should specify this flag
	   if you are running in an environment with multiple
	   threads, but only rarely need to specify it in a sin-
	   gle-threaded environment since stack overflow is auto-
	   matically detected on nearly all systems if there is
	   only one stack.

	   Note that this switch does not actually cause checking
	   to be done; the operating system must do that.  The
	   switch causes generation of code to ensure that the
	   operating system sees the stack being extended.

       -fstack-limit-register=reg
       -fstack-limit-symbol=sym
       -fno-stack-limit
	   Generate code to ensure that the stack does not grow
	   beyond a certain value, either the value of a register
	   or the address of a symbol.	If the stack would grow
	   beyond the value, a signal is raised.  For most tar-
	   gets, the signal is raised before the stack overruns
	   the boundary, so it is possible to catch the signal
	   without taking special precautions.

	   For instance, if the stack starts at absolute address
	   0x80000000 and grows downwards, you can use the flags
	   -fstack-limit-symbol=__stack_limit and -Wl,--def-
	   sym,__stack_limit=0x7ffe0000 to enforce a stack limit
	   of 128KB.  Note that this may only work with the GNU
	   linker.

       -fargument-alias
       -fargument-noalias
       -fargument-noalias-global
	   Specify the possible relationships among parameters
	   and between parameters and global data.

	   -fargument-alias specifies that arguments (parameters)
	   may alias each other and may alias global stor-
	   age.-fargument-noalias specifies that arguments do not
	   alias each other, but may alias global storage.-fargu-
	   ment-noalias-global specifies that arguments do not
	   alias each other and do not alias global storage.

	   Each language will automatically use whatever option
	   is required by the language standard.  You should not
	   need to use these options yourself.

       -fleading-underscore
	   This option and its counterpart, -fno-leading-under-
	   score, forcibly change the way C symbols are repre-
	   sented in the object file.  One use is to help link
	   with legacy assembly code.

	   Warning: the -fleading-underscore switch causes GCC to
	   generate code that is not binary compatible with code
	   generated without that switch.  Use it to conform to a
	   non-default application binary interface.  Not all
	   targets provide complete support for this switch.

       -ftls-model=model
	   Alter the thread-local storage model to be used.  The
	   model argument should be one of "global-dynamic",
	   "local-dynamic", "initial-exec" or "local-exec".

	   The default without -fpic is "initial-exec"; with
	   -fpic the default is "global-dynamic".

ENVIRONMENT
       This section describes several environment variables that
       affect how GCC operates.	 Some of them work by specifying
       directories or prefixes to use when searching for various
       kinds of files.	Some are used to specify other aspects of
       the compilation environment.

       Note that you can also specify places to search using
       options such as -B, -I and -L.  These take precedence over
       places specified using environment variables, which in
       turn take precedence over those specified by the configu-
       ration of GCC.

       LANG
       LC_CTYPE
       LC_MESSAGES
       LC_ALL
	   These environment variables control the way that GCC
	   uses localization information that allow GCC to work
	   with different national conventions.	 GCC inspects the
	   locale categories LC_CTYPE and LC_MESSAGES if it has
	   been configured to do so.  These locale categories can
	   be set to any value supported by your installation.	A
	   typical value is en_UK for English in the United King-
	   dom.

	   The LC_CTYPE environment variable specifies character
	   classification.  GCC uses it to determine the charac-
	   ter boundaries in a string; this is needed for some
	   multibyte encodings that contain quote and escape
	   characters that would otherwise be interpreted as a
	   string end or escape.

	   The LC_MESSAGES environment variable specifies the
	   language to use in diagnostic messages.

	   If the LC_ALL environment variable is set, it over-
	   rides the value of LC_CTYPE and LC_MESSAGES; other-
	   wise, LC_CTYPE and LC_MESSAGES default to the value of
	   the LANG environment variable.  If none of these vari-
	   ables are set, GCC defaults to traditional C English
	   behavior.

       TMPDIR
	   If TMPDIR is set, it specifies the directory to use
	   for temporary files.	 GCC uses temporary files to hold
	   the output of one stage of compilation which is to be
	   used as input to the next stage: for example, the out-
	   put of the preprocessor, which is the input to the
	   compiler proper.

       GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
	   If GCC_EXEC_PREFIX is set, it specifies a prefix to
	   use in the names of the subprograms executed by the
	   compiler.  No slash is added when this prefix is com-
	   bined with the name of a subprogram, but you can spec-
	   ify a prefix that ends with a slash if you wish.

	   If GCC_EXEC_PREFIX is not set, GCC will attempt to
	   figure out an appropriate prefix to use based on the
	   pathname it was invoked with.

	   If GCC cannot find the subprogram using the specified
	   prefix, it tries looking in the usual places for the
	   subprogram.

	   The default value of GCC_EXEC_PREFIX is pre-
	   fix/lib/gcc-lib/ where prefix is the value of "prefix"
	   when you ran the configure script.

	   Other prefixes specified with -B take precedence over
	   this prefix.

	   This prefix is also used for finding files such as
	   crt0.o that are used for linking.

	   In addition, the prefix is used in an unusual way in
	   finding the directories to search for header files.
	   For each of the standard directories whose name nor-
	   mally begins with /usr/local/lib/gcc-lib (more pre-
	   cisely, with the value of GCC_INCLUDE_DIR), GCC tries
	   replacing that beginning with the specified prefix to
	   produce an alternate directory name.	 Thus, with
	   -Bfoo/, GCC will search foo/bar where it would nor-
	   mally search /usr/local/lib/bar.  These alternate
	   directories are searched first; the standard directo-
	   ries come next.

       COMPILER_PATH
	   The value of COMPILER_PATH is a colon-separated list
	   of directories, much like PATH.  GCC tries the direc-
	   tories thus specified when searching for subprograms,
	   if it can't find the subprograms using GCC_EXEC_PRE-
	   FIX.

       LIBRARY_PATH
	   The value of LIBRARY_PATH is a colon-separated list of
	   directories, much like PATH.	 When configured as a
	   native compiler, GCC tries the directories thus speci-
	   fied when searching for special linker files, if it
	   can't find them using GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.  Linking using
	   GCC also uses these directories when searching for
	   ordinary libraries for the -l option (but directories
	   specified with -L come first).

       LANG
	   This variable is used to pass locale information to
	   the compiler.  One way in which this information is
	   used is to determine the character set to be used when
	   character literals, string literals and comments are
	   parsed in C and C++.	 When the compiler is configured
	   to allow multibyte characters, the following values
	   for LANG are recognized:

	   C-JIS
	       Recognize JIS characters.

	   C-SJIS
	       Recognize SJIS characters.

	   C-EUCJP
	       Recognize EUCJP characters.

	   If LANG is not defined, or if it has some other value,
	   then the compiler will use mblen and mbtowc as defined
	   by the default locale to recognize and translate
	   multibyte characters.

       Some additional environments variables affect the behavior
       of the preprocessor.

       CPATH
       C_INCLUDE_PATH
       CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
       OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH
	   Each variable's value is a list of directories sepa-
	   rated by a special character, much like PATH, in which
	   to look for header files.  The special character,
	   "PATH_SEPARATOR", is target-dependent and determined
	   at GCC build time.  For Windows-based targets it is a
	   semicolon, and for almost all other targets it is a
	   colon.

	   CPATH specifies a list of directories to be searched
	   as if specified with -I, but after any paths given
	   with -I options on the command line.	 This environment
	   variable is used regardless of which language is being
	   preprocessed.

	   The remaining environment variables apply only when
	   preprocessing the particular language indicated.  Each
	   specifies a list of directories to be searched as if
	   specified with -isystem, but after any paths given
	   with -isystem options on the command line.

	   In all these variables, an empty element instructs the
	   compiler to search its current working directory.
	   Empty elements can appear at the beginning or end of a
	   path.  For instance, if the value of CPATH is ":/spe-
	   cial/include", that has the same effect as -I. -I/spe-
	   cial/include.

       DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
	   If this variable is set, its value specifies how to
	   output dependencies for Make based on the non-system
	   header files processed by the compiler.  System header
	   files are ignored in the dependency output.

	   The value of DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT can be just a file
	   name, in which case the Make rules are written to that
	   file, guessing the target name from the source file
	   name.  Or the value can have the form file target, in
	   which case the rules are written to file file using
	   target as the target name.

	   In other words, this environment variable is equiva-
	   lent to combining the options -MM and -MF, with an
	   optional -MT switch too.

       SUNPRO_DEPENDENCIES
	   This variable is the same as DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT (see
	   above), except that system header files are not
	   ignored, so it implies -M rather than -MM.  However,
	   the dependence on the main input file is omitted.

BUGS
       For instructions on reporting bugs, see
       <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugs.html>.	Use of the gccbug script
       to report bugs is recommended.

FOOTNOTES
       1.  On some systems, gcc -shared needs to build supplemen-
	   tary stub code for constructors to work.  On multi-
	   libbed systems, gcc -shared must select the correct
	   support libraries to link against.  Failing to supply
	   the correct flags may lead to subtle defects.  Supply-
	   ing them in cases where they are not necessary is
	   innocuous.

SEE ALSO
       gpl(7), gfdl(7), fsf-funding(7), cpp(1), gcov(1), g77(1),
       as(1), ld(1), gdb(1), adb(1), dbx(1), sdb(1) and the Info
       entries for gcc, cpp, g77, as, ld, binutils and gdb.

AUTHOR
       See the Info entry for gcc, or <http://gcc.gnu.org/online-
       docs/gcc/Contributors.html>, for contributors to GCC.

COPYRIGHT
       Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
       1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software
       Foundation, Inc.

       Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify
       this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documenta-
       tion License, Version 1.2 or any later version published
       by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sec-
       tions being ``GNU General Public License'' and ``Funding
       Free Software'', the Front-Cover texts being (a) (see
       below), and with the Back-Cover Texts being (b) (see
       below).	A copy of the license is included in the gfdl(7)
       man page.

       (a) The FSF's Front-Cover Text is:

	    A GNU Manual

       (b) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is:

	    You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU
	    software.  Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise
	    funds for GNU development.

gcc-3.3			    2003-05-14			   GCC(1)
[top]

List of man pages available for IRIX

Copyright (c) for man pages and the logo by the respective OS vendor.

For those who want to learn more, the polarhome community provides shell access and support.

[legal] [privacy] [GNU] [policy] [cookies] [netiquette] [sponsors] [FAQ]
Tweet
Polarhome, production since 1999.
Member of Polarhome portal.
Based on Fawad Halim's script.
....................................................................
Vote for polarhome
Free Shell Accounts :: the biggest list on the net